e10vk
Table of Contents

 
2008 10-K
 
U. S. SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
FORM 10-K
 
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
For the fiscal year ended December 27, 2008
 
Commission file number 1-7685
 
AVERY DENNISON CORPORATION
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
     
Delaware
  95-1492269
(State of incorporation)
  (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
     
150 North Orange Grove Boulevard
Pasadena, California
 
91103
(Address of principal executive offices)
  (Zip Code)
 
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code:
(626) 304-2000
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
 
     
Title of Each Class
 
Name of each exchange on which registered
 
Common stock, $1 par value   New York Stock Exchange
Preferred Share Purchase Rights   New York Stock Exchange
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
Not applicable.
 
Indicate by a check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes þ     No o
 
Indicate by a check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15 (d) of the Act.  Yes o     No þ
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes þ     No o
 
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.   o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
 
Large accelerated filer þ Accelerated filer o Non-accelerated filer o Smaller reporting company o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the act).  Yes o     No þ
 
The aggregate market value of voting stock held by non-affiliates as of June 27, 2008, was $4,280,486,302.
 
Number of shares of common stock, $1 par value, outstanding as of January 23, 2009: 106,285,574.
 
The following documents are incorporated by reference into the Parts of this report below indicated:
 
     
Document
  Incorporated by reference into:
 
Portions of Annual Report to Shareholders for fiscal year ended December 27, 2008 (the “2008 Annual Report”)
  Parts I, II
Portions of Definitive Proxy Statement for Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held April 23, 2009 (the “2009 Proxy Statement”)
  Parts III, IV
 


 

 
AVERY DENNISON CORPORATION
 
FISCAL YEAR 2008 FORM 10-K ANNUAL REPORT
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
                 
        Page
 
      Business     1  
      Risk Factors     5  
      Unresolved Staff Comments     11  
      Properties     11  
      Legal Proceedings     12  
      Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders     14  
        List of Executive Officers     15  
 
PART II
      Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities     16  
      Selected Financial Data     16  
      Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition     17  
      Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk     44  
      Financial Statements and Supplementary Data     45  
      Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure     45  
      Controls and Procedures     45  
      Other Information     46  
 
PART III
      Directors, Executive Officers of the Registrant and Corporate Governance     47  
      Executive Compensation     47  
      Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters     47  
      Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence     47  
      Principal Accounting Fees and Services     47  
 
PART IV
      Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules     48  
            49  
 EX-10.19.8
 EX-12
 EX-13
 EX-21
 EX-24
 EX-31.1
 EX-31.2
 EX-32.1
 EX-32.2


Table of Contents

 
PART I
 
Item 1.   BUSINESS
 
Avery Dennison Corporation (“Avery Dennison,” the “Company,” “Registrant,” “Issuer,” which may be referred to as “we” or “us”) was incorporated in 1977 in the state of Delaware as Avery International Corporation, the successor corporation to a California corporation of the same name, which was incorporated in 1946. In 1990, the Company merged one of its subsidiaries into Dennison Manufacturing Company (“Dennison”), as a result of which Dennison became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, and in connection with which Company’s name was changed to Avery Dennison Corporation. Our homepage on the internet is www.averydennison.com and you can learn more about us by visiting our Web site. Our Web site address provided in this annual report on Form 10-K is not intended to function as a hyperlink and the information on our Web site is not and should not be considered part of this report and is not incorporated by reference in this document.
 
Our businesses include the production of pressure-sensitive materials, office products and a variety of tickets, tags, labels and other converted products. Some pressure-sensitive materials are sold to label printers and converters that “convert” the materials into labels and other products through embossing, printing, stamping and die-cutting. Some are sold by us in converted form as printable media, tapes and reflective sheeting. We also manufacture and sell a variety of office products and other converted products and other items not involving pressure-sensitive components, such as binders, organizing systems, markers, fasteners, business forms, as well as tickets, tags, radio-frequency identification (“RFID”) inlays, and imprinting equipment for retail and apparel manufacturers.
 
A pressure-sensitive, or self-adhesive, material is one that adheres to a surface by press-on contact. It generally consists of four elements: a face material, which may be paper, metal foil, plastic film or fabric; an adhesive, which may be permanent or removable; a release coating; and a backing material to protect the adhesive against premature contact with other surfaces, and which can also serve as the carrier for supporting and dispensing individual labels. When the products are to be used, the release coating and protective backing are removed, exposing the adhesive, and the label or other face material is pressed or rolled into place.
 
Because self-adhesive materials are easy to apply without the need for adhesive activation, the use of self-adhesive materials often provides cost savings compared with other materials that require heat- or moisture-activated adhesives. Self-adhesive materials also provide consistent and versatile adhesion and are available in a large selection of materials in nearly any size, shape and color.
 
Our reporting segments are:
 
  •  Pressure-sensitive Materials
 
  •  Retail Information Services
 
  •  Office and Consumer Products
 
In addition to our reporting segments, we have other specialty converting businesses comprised of several businesses that produce specialty tapes and highly engineered labels including RFID inlays and labels, and other converted products.
 
Although our segment structure remained the same as reported in the prior year, in 2008, we transferred a business from our other specialty converting businesses to Retail Information Services to align with a change in our internal reporting structure. Prior year amounts included herein have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation.
 
On June 15, 2007, we completed the acquisition of Paxar Corporation (“Paxar”), a global leader in retail tag, ticketing, and branding systems. The Paxar operations are included in the Company’s Retail Information Services segment. In accordance with the terms of the acquisition agreement, each outstanding share of Paxar common stock was converted into the right to receive $30.50 in cash. See Retail Information Services Segment below for further information.
 
On April 1, 2008, we completed the acquisition of DM Label Group (“DM Label”), a manufacturer of labels, tags and tickets for retail and apparel applications, including woven labels. DM Label operations are included in the


1


Table of Contents

Company’s Retail Information Services segment. Since the acquisition, the impact of this acquisition on our revenues was approximately $36 million.
 
In 2008, the Pressure-sensitive Materials segment contributed approximately 54% of our total sales, while the Retail Information Services and Office and Consumer Products segments contributed approximately 23% and 14%, respectively, of our total sales.
 
In 2008, international operations constituted a significant portion of our business and represented approximately 65% of our sales. We expanded our operations, focusing particularly on Asia, Latin America and Eastern Europe. As of December 27, 2008, we operated approximately 200 manufacturing and distribution facilities located in over 60 countries, and employed approximately 36,000 persons worldwide.
 
We are subject to certain risks referred to in Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” and Item 3, “Legal Proceedings,” below, including those normally attending international and domestic operations, such as changes in economic or political conditions, currency fluctuations, exchange control regulations and the effect of international relations and domestic affairs of foreign countries on the conduct of business, legal proceedings, and the availability and pricing of raw materials.
 
Except as set forth below, no single customer represented 10% or more of our net sales or trade receivables at year end 2008 and 2007. However, our ten largest customers at year end 2008 represented approximately 13% of trade accounts receivable and consisted of five customers of our Office and Consumer Products segment, four customers of our Pressure-sensitive Materials segment and one customer of both these segments. The financial position and operations of these customers are monitored on an ongoing basis (see “Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates” of Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition”). United States export sales are not a significant part of our business. Backlogs are not considered material in the industries in which we compete.
 
Corporate Governance and Information Related to SEC Filings
 
Our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed with, or furnished to, the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 are available free of charge by way of a third-party hyperlink service through our Web site, www.averydennison.com (in the “Investors” section), as soon as reasonably practical after electronic filing with or furnishing of such material to the SEC. We make available at the Web site our (i) Corporate Governance Guidelines, (ii) Code of Ethics and Business Conduct, which applies to our directors and employees, (iii) Code of Ethics for the Chief Executive Officer and Senior Financial Officers, (iv) the charters of the Audit, Compensation and Executive Personnel, and Nominating and Governance Committees of our Board of Directors, and (v) Audit Committee Complaint Handling Procedures. These materials are also available free of charge in print to stockholders who request them by writing to: Secretary, Avery Dennison Corporation, 150 North Orange Grove Boulevard, Pasadena, California 91103.
 
On December 1, 2005, Kent Kresa was elected non-executive Chairman. Mr. Kresa presides at executive sessions of the Board. During 2008, the Board held five executive sessions with non-management directors only during regularly scheduled Board meetings, including one executive session with independent directors only. Stockholders and other interested parties may write to Mr. Kresa concerning matters other than accounting and auditing matters c/o Secretary, Avery Dennison Corporation, 150 North Orange Grove Boulevard, Pasadena, California 91103. Stockholders may also write to John T. Cardis, Chairman of the Audit Committee, regarding accounting and auditing matters c/o Secretary at the same address.
 
Pressure-sensitive Materials Segment
 
The Pressure-sensitive Materials segment manufactures and sells Fasson-, JAC-, and Avery Dennison-brand pressure-sensitive materials, Avery-brand graphics and graphic films, Avery Dennison-brand reflective products, and performance polymers. The business of this segment is generally not seasonal, except for certain outdoor graphics and reflective products and operations in Western Europe. Pressure-sensitive materials consist primarily of papers, plastic films, metal foils and fabrics, which are coated with Company-developed and purchased adhesives,


2


Table of Contents

and then laminated with specially coated backing papers and films. They are sold in roll or sheet form with either solid or patterned adhesive coatings, and are available in a wide range of face materials, sizes, thicknesses and adhesive properties. These materials are sold to label printers and converters for labeling, decorating, fastening, electronic data processing and special applications on a worldwide basis.
 
Graphic products consist of a variety of films and other products sold to the architectural, commercial sign, digital printing, and other related markets. We also sell durable cast and reflective films to the construction, automotive, and fleet transportation markets, scrim-reinforced vinyl material for banner sign applications, and reflective films for traffic and safety applications. Our graphic and reflective businesses are organized on a worldwide basis to serve the expanding commercial graphic arts market, including wide-format digital printing applications. We also manufacture and sell proprietary films that are used for outdoor, weather-resistant applications.
 
Performance polymer products include a range of solvent- and emulsion-based acrylic polymer adhesives, protective coatings and other polymer additives for internal use, as well as for sale to other companies.
 
In this segment, our larger competitors are Raflatac, a subsidiary of UPM-Kymmene; Morgan Adhesives (“MACtac”), a division of the Bemis Company; and 3M Company (for graphic and reflective products). Entry of competitors into the field of pressure-sensitive adhesives and materials may be limited by capital requirements and a need for technical knowledge. We believe that our relative size and scale of operations, our ability to serve our customers with a broad line of quality products and service programs, our distribution and brand strength, and the development and commercialization of new products are among the more significant factors in developing and maintaining our competitive position.
 
Retail Information Services Segment
 
The Retail Information Services segment designs, manufactures and sells a wide variety of price marking and brand identification products for retailers, apparel manufacturers, distributors and industrial customers on a worldwide basis. The business of this segment is seasonal, with higher volume generally in advance of the back-to-school, spring, and holiday shipping periods.
 
Our brand identification products include woven and printed labels, graphic tags and barcode tags. Our information management products include price tickets, carton labels, RFID tags and printing applications for supply chain and security management. Our solution enabling products include barcode printers, molded plastic fastening and application devices and security management products.
 
As discussed above, we completed the acquisition of Paxar in June 2007. The combination of the Paxar business into this segment increases our presence in the retail information and brand identification market, broadens the range of our product and service capabilities, and improves our ability to meet customer demands for product innovation. The integration of this acquisition into our operations has resulted in significant cost synergies.
 
In this segment, some of our competitors are SML Group, Checkpoint Systems, Inc. and Shore To Shore, Inc. We believe that our ability to serve our customers with product innovation, a comprehensive brand identification and information management product line, our global distribution network, service, quality, and geographic reach are the key advantages in developing and maintaining our competitive position.
 
Office and Consumer Products Segment
 
The Office and Consumer Products segment manufactures and sells a wide range of Avery-brand printable media and other products. The business of this segment is seasonal, with higher volume related to the back-to-school season.
 
This segment’s products are generally sold through office products superstores, mass market distributors, wholesalers and dealers. We manufacture and sell a wide range of Avery-brand products for office, school and home uses: printable media, such as copier, ink-jet and laser printer labels, related computer software, ink-jet and laser printer card and index products; and organization, filing and presentation products, such as binders, dividers and sheet protectors. We also offer a wide range of other stationery products, including writing instruments, markers,


3


Table of Contents

adhesives and specialty products under brand names such as Avery, Marks-A-Lot and HI-LITER. The extent of product offerings varies by geographic market.
 
In this segment, our larger competitors are Acco Brands Corporation, Esselte Corporation and manufacturers of private brands. We believe that our brand strength, a large installed base of software that facilitates the use of many of our products, our ability to serve our customers with a broad line of quality products, and the development and commercialization of new products are among the more significant factors in developing and maintaining our competitive position.
 
Other specialty converting businesses
 
Other specialty converting businesses include our specialty tape, industrial, performance films and automotive products, business media, RFID and security printing businesses. These businesses manufacture and sell specialty tapes, highly engineered films, RFID inlays, pressure-sensitive postage stamps and other converted products. These businesses are generally not seasonal, except for certain automotive products due to plant shutdowns by automotive manufacturers.
 
The specialty tape business manufactures and sells single- and double-coated tapes and adhesive transfer tapes for use in non-mechanical fastening, bonding and sealing systems in various industries, which are sold to industrial and medical original equipment manufacturers, converters, and disposable diaper producers worldwide. These products are sold in roll form and are available in a wide range of face materials, sizes, thicknesses and adhesive properties.
 
Our industrial and automotive products businesses primarily consist of custom pressure-sensitive and heat-seal labels for the automotive and durable goods industries. These products are sold primarily to original equipment manufacturers.
 
Our performance films business produces a variety of decorative and functional films, primarily for the automotive industry, that are designed for injection mold applications.
 
Our business media business designs and markets customized products for printing and information workflow applications.
 
Our RFID business manufactures RFID inlays and labels and makes use of our existing distribution by marketing to our label converting customers.
 
Our security printing business manufactures and sells self-adhesive battery labels to a battery manufacturer, and self-adhesive stamps to the U.S. Postal Service.
 
In addition, we sell specialty print-receptive films to the industrial label market, metallic dispersion products to the packaging industry, and proprietary wood grain and other patterns of film laminates for housing exteriors, and interior and exterior automotive applications.
 
We compete with a number of diverse businesses. Our largest competitor for this group of businesses is 3M Company in the specialty tape business. Entry of competitors into these specialty converting businesses may be limited by capital and technical requirements. We believe that our ability to serve our customers with quality, cost effective products and the development and commercialization of new products are among the more significant factors in developing and maintaining our competitive position.
 
Research and Development
 
Many of our current products are the result of our research and development efforts. Our expenses for research, design and testing of new products and applications by our operating units and the Avery Research Center (the “Research Center”) located in Pasadena, California were $94 million in 2008, $95.5 million in 2007, and $87.9 million in 2006. A significant number of our research and development activities are conducted at the Research Center, which supports each of our operating segments.
 
Our operating units’ research efforts are directed primarily toward developing new products and operating techniques and improving product performance, often in close association with customers. The Research Center


4


Table of Contents

supports our operating units’ patent and product development work, and focuses on improving adhesives, materials and coating processes, as well as related product applications and ventures. These efforts often focus on projects relating to printing and coating technologies, as well as adhesive, release and ink chemistries.
 
The loss of individual patents or licenses would not be material to us taken as a whole, nor to our operating segments individually. Our principal trademarks are Avery, Fasson, Avery Dennison and the Company’s symbol. These trademarks are significant in the markets in which our products compete.
 
Three-Year Summary of Segment Information
 
Certain financial information on our reporting segments and other specialty converting businesses for the three years ended December 27, 2008, which appear in Note 12, “Segment Information,” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements beginning on page 69 of our 2008 Annual Report to Shareholders, are incorporated herein by reference.
 
Other Matters
 
We use various raw materials, primarily paper, plastic films and resins, as well as specialty chemicals purchased from various commercial and industrial sources, which are subject to price fluctuations. Although shortages could occur from time to time, these raw materials are generally available.
 
We produce a majority of our self-adhesive materials using water-based emulsion and hot-melt adhesive technologies. Emissions from these operations contain small amounts of volatile organic compounds, which can be regulated by agencies of federal, state, local and foreign governments. We continue to evaluate the use of alternative materials and technologies to minimize these emissions.
 
A portion of our manufacturing process for self-adhesive materials utilizes certain organic solvents which, unless controlled, would be emitted into the atmosphere. Emissions of these substances are regulated by agencies of federal, state, local and foreign governments. In connection with the maintenance and acquisition of certain manufacturing equipment, we invest in solvent capture and control units to assist in regulating these emissions.
 
We have developed adhesives and adhesive processing systems that minimize the use of solvents. Emulsion adhesives, hot-melt adhesives or solventless silicone systems have been installed in our facilities in Peachtree City, Georgia; Fort Wayne and Greenfield, Indiana; and Quakertown, Pennsylvania; as well as in other plants in the United States, Argentina, Australia, Belgium, Brazil, Canada, China, Colombia, France, Germany, India, Korea, Luxembourg, Malaysia, Mexico, the Netherlands, South Africa, Thailand and the United Kingdom.
 
Based on current information, we do not believe that the cost of complying with applicable laws regulating the discharge of materials into the environment, or otherwise relating to the protection of the environment, will have a material effect upon our capital expenditures, consolidated financial position or results of operations.
 
For information regarding our potential responsibility for cleanup costs at certain hazardous waste sites, see “Legal Proceedings” (Part I, Item 3) and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition” (Part II, Item 7).
 
Item 1A.   RISK FACTORS
 
Our ability to attain our goals and objectives is materially dependent on numerous factors and risks, including but not limited to, the following:
 
The demand for our products is impacted by the effects of, and changes in, worldwide conditions, which could have an adverse effect on our sales and profitability.
 
We have operations in over 60 countries and our domestic and international operations are strongly influenced by matters beyond our control, including changes in the political, social, economic and labor conditions, tax laws (including U.S. taxes on foreign subsidiaries), and international trade regulations (including tariffs) in the countries in which we operate, as well as the impact of these conditions on the underlying demand for our products.


5


Table of Contents

Adverse conditions in the global economy and disruption of financial markets could negatively impact our customers, suppliers and our business.
 
Financial markets in the United States, Europe and Asia have experienced significant disruption in recent months, including, among other things, significant volatility in security prices, severely diminished liquidity and credit availability, rating downgrades, declines in asset valuations, inflation, reduced consumer spending, and fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. While currently these conditions have not impaired our ability to access credit markets and finance our operations, there can be no assurance that there will not be a further deterioration in financial markets in major economies. These economic developments affect our customers and our suppliers and businesses such as ours. In addition, they could have a variety of negative effects such as reduction in revenues, increased costs, lower gross margin percentages, increased allowances for doubtful accounts and/or write-offs of accounts receivable, require recognition of impairments of capitalized assets, including goodwill and other intangibles, and could otherwise have material adverse effects on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.
 
We are not able to predict the duration and severity of the current disruption in financial markets and adverse economic conditions in the U.S. and other countries.
 
Foreign currency exchange rates, and fluctuations in those rates, may affect our sales and profitability.
 
Approximately 65% of our sales are from international operations. Fluctuations in currencies can cause transaction, translation and other losses to us, which can negatively impact our sales and profitability. Margins on sales of our products in foreign countries could be materially and adversely affected by foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations.
 
We monitor our foreign currency exposures and may, from time to time, use hedging instruments to mitigate exposure to certain transactions denominated in foreign currencies. The use of such hedging activities may not offset any, or more than a portion of, the adverse financial effects of unfavorable movements in foreign exchange rates over the limited time the hedges are in place.
 
We are affected by competitive conditions and customer preferences. If we do not compete effectively, we could lose market share and experience falling prices, adversely affecting our financial results.
 
We are at risk that our competitors will expand in our key markets and implement new technologies making them more competitive. There is also the possibility that competitors will be able to offer additional products, services, lower prices, or other incentives that we cannot or will not offer or that will make our products less profitable. There can be no assurance that we will be able to compete successfully against current and future competitors.
 
We are also at risk with regards to changes in customer order patterns, such as changes in the levels of inventory maintained by customers and the timing of customer purchases, which may be affected by announced price changes, changes in the Company’s incentive programs, or the customer’s ability to achieve incentive goals. Changes in customers’ preferences for our products can also affect the demand for our products.
 
As a manufacturer, our sales and profitability are dependent upon the cost and availability of raw materials and energy, which are subject to price fluctuations, and our ability to control or pass on costs of raw materials and labor.
 
Inflationary and other increases in the costs of raw materials, labor and energy have occurred in the past and are expected to recur, and our performance depends in part on our ability to pass on these cost increases to customers in our selling prices for products, and to effect improvements in productivity. Also, it is important that we are able to obtain timely delivery of materials, equipment, and packaging from suppliers, and to make timely delivery to customers. A disruption to our supply chain could adversely affect our sales and profitability.


6


Table of Contents

Potential adverse developments in legal proceedings, investigations and other legal, compliance and regulatory matters, including those involving product and trade compliance, Foreign Corrupt Practices Act issues and other matters, could impact us materially.
 
Our financial results could be materially adversely impacted by an unfavorable outcome to pending or future litigation and investigations, including but not limited to, proceedings or lawsuits related to class actions seeking treble damages for alleged unlawful competitive practices, the impact of potential violations of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, and other legal, compliance and regulatory matters, including, but not limited to, product, customs and trade compliance matters. See Item 1, “Legal Proceedings.” There can be no assurance that any investigation or litigation outcome will be favorable.
 
Our future results may be affected if we generate less productivity improvement than projected.
 
We are undertaking efforts to reduce costs in many of our operations, including closure of facilities, headcount reductions, organizational simplification and restructuring, process standardization, and manufacturing relocation, and using a variety of tools such as Lean Sigma and Kaizen events, to increase productivity, which is not assured. Lower levels of productivity could reduce profitability. In addition, cost reduction actions could expose us to additional production risk and loss of sales.
 
We have acquired companies and may continue to acquire other companies. Acquisitions come with significant risks and uncertainties, including those related to integration, technology and personnel.
 
In order to grow our product lines and expand into new markets, we have made acquisitions and may do so in the future. For example, we acquired DM Label and Paxar in 2008 and 2007, respectively. Various risks, uncertainties, and costs are associated with the acquisitions. Effective integration of systems, controls, objectives, personnel, product lines, markets, customers, suppliers, production facilities and cost savings can be difficult to achieve and the results are uncertain, particularly across our geographically dispersed organization. We may not be able to retain key personnel of an acquired company and we may not be able to successfully execute integration strategies or achieve projected performance targets set for the business segment into which an acquired company is integrated. Both prior to and after the closing of the transactions, our business and those of the acquired company or companies may suffer due to uncertainty or diversion of management attention.
 
There can be no assurance that acquisitions will be successful and contribute to our profitability and we may not be able to identify new acquisition opportunities in the future.
 
Our substantial indebtedness could limit our ability to incur additional debt to fund business needs over the medium term.
 
As a result of the Paxar acquisition in 2007, our debt levels approximately doubled. Although significant debt reduction is anticipated over the medium term from the generation of cash flow in our underlying businesses, circumstances both within and beyond our control could cause debt levels to remain elevated for a longer time frame than anticipated. These higher debt levels could negatively impact our ability to meet other business needs or opportunities and could result in higher financing costs.
 
Slower growth in key markets could adversely affect our profitability.
 
Our business could be negatively impacted by a decline in key end use markets or applications for our products. Our overall performance will be influenced by these markets.
 
Our customers are widely diversified, but in certain portions of our business, industry concentration has increased the importance and decreased the number of significant customers.
 
In particular, sales of our office and consumer products in the United States are concentrated in a few major customers, principally office product superstores, mass market distributors and wholesalers. The business risk associated with this concentration, including increased credit risks for these and other customers, and the possibility of related bad debt write-offs, could negatively affect our margins and profits.


7


Table of Contents

Our ability to develop and successfully market new products and applications is important for our business.
 
The timely introduction of new products and improvements in current products helps determine our success. Research and development for each of our operating segments is complex and uncertain and requires innovation and anticipation of market trends. We could focus on products that ultimately are not accepted by customers or we could suffer delays in production or launch of new products that could compromise our competitive position in such product markets.
 
Infringing intellectual property rights of third parties or inadequately acquiring or protecting our intellectual property and patents could harm our ability to compete or grow.
 
Because our products involve complex technology and chemistry, we are from time to time involved in litigation involving patents and other intellectual property. Parties have filed, and in the future may file, claims against us alleging that we have infringed their intellectual property rights. If we are held liable for infringement, we could be required to pay damages or obtain licenses or to cease making or selling certain products. There can be no assurance that licenses will be available at all, or will be available on commercially reasonable terms, and the cost to defend these claims, whether or not meritorious, or to develop new technology could be significant and could divert the attention of management.
 
We also could have our intellectual property infringed. We attempt to protect and restrict access to our intellectual property and proprietary information, by relying on the patent, trademark, copyright and trade secret laws of the U.S. and other countries, as well as on nondisclosure agreements, but it may be possible for a third party to obtain our information without our authorization, to independently develop similar technologies, or to breach a non-disclosure agreement entered into with us. In addition, many of the countries in which we operate do not have intellectual property laws that protect proprietary rights as fully as in the U.S. The use of our intellectual property by someone else without our authorization could reduce or eliminate certain competitive advantages we have, cause us to lose sales, or otherwise harm our business. Further, the costs involved to protect our intellectual property rights could adversely impact our profitability.
 
We have obtained and applied for some U.S. and foreign trademark registrations and patents, and will continue to evaluate whether to register additional trademarks and seek patents as appropriate. We cannot guarantee that any of the pending applications will be approved by the applicable government authorities. Further, we cannot assure that the validity of our patents or our trademarks will not be challenged. In addition, third parties might be able to develop competing products using technology that avoids our patents.
 
Changes in our tax rates could affect our future results.
 
Our future effective tax rates could be affected by changes in the mix of earnings in countries with differing statutory tax rates, expirations of tax holidays, changes in the valuation of deferred tax assets and liabilities, or changes in tax laws and regulations or their interpretation. We are subject to the regular examination of our income tax returns by various tax authorities. We regularly assess the likelihood of adverse outcomes resulting from these examinations to determine the adequacy of our provision for taxes. There can be no assurance that the outcomes from these examinations will not have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and operating results.
 
The amount of various taxes we pay is subject to ongoing compliance requirements and audits by federal, state and foreign tax authorities.
 
Our estimate of the potential outcome of uncertain tax issues is subject to our assessment of relevant risks, facts, and circumstances existing at that time. We use these assessments to determine the adequacy of our provision for income taxes and other tax-related accounts. Our future results may include favorable or unfavorable adjustments to our estimated tax liabilities in the period the assessments are made or resolved, which may impact our effective tax rate and/or our financial results.
 
We have deferred tax assets that we may not be able to use under certain circumstances.
 
If we are unable to generate sufficient future taxable income in certain jurisdictions, or if there is a significant change in the time period within which the underlying temporary differences become taxable or deductible, we


8


Table of Contents

could be required to increase our valuation allowances against our deferred tax assets. This would result in an increase in our effective tax rate, and an adverse effect on our future operating results. In addition, changes in statutory tax rates may also change our deferred tax assets or liability balances, with either favorable or unfavorable impact on our effective tax rate. Our deferred tax assets may also be impacted by new legislation or regulation.
 
The level of returns on pension and postretirement plan assets and the actuarial assumptions used for valuation purposes could affect our earnings and cash flows in future periods. Changes in accounting standards and government regulations could also affect our pension and postretirement plan expense and funding requirements.
 
Assumptions used in determining projected benefit obligations and the fair value of plan assets for our pension plan and other postretirement benefit plans are evaluated by us in consultation with outside actuaries. In the event that we determine that changes are warranted in the assumptions used, such as the discount rate, expected long term rate of return, or health care costs, our future pension and projected postretirement benefit expenses could increase or decrease. Due to changing market conditions or changes in the participant population, the actuarial assumptions that we use may differ from actual results, which could have a significant impact on our pension and postretirement liability and related costs. Funding obligations are determined based on the value of assets and liabilities on a specific date as required under relevant government regulations for each plan. Future pension funding requirements, and the timing of funding payments, could be affected by legislation enacted by the relevant governmental authorities.
 
In order for us to remain competitive, it is important to recruit and retain highly-skilled employees. We also utilize various outsourcing arrangements for certain services.
 
There is significant competition to recruit and retain skilled employees. Due to expansion in certain markets and the ongoing productivity efforts and recent employee reductions, it may be difficult for us to retain and recruit sufficient numbers of highly-skilled employees.
 
We have outsourced certain services to multiple third-party service providers, and may outsource other services in the future to achieve cost savings and efficiencies. Service provider delays, resource availability, business issues or errors may lead to disruption in our businesses and/or increased costs. If we do not effectively develop, implement and manage outsourcing strategies, or if third-party providers do not perform effectively and timely, or we experience problems with a transition, we may not be able to achieve our expected cost savings, and may have to incur additional costs and experience delays to correct errors made by such service providers.
 
We need to comply with numerous environmental, health, and safety laws.
 
Due to the nature of our business, we are subject to environmental, health, and safety laws and regulations, including those related to the disposal of hazardous waste from our manufacturing processes. Compliance with existing and future environmental, health and safety laws could subject us to future costs or liabilities; impact our production capabilities; constrict our ability to sell, expand or acquire facilities; and generally impact our financial performance. We have accrued liabilities for environmental clean-up sites, including sites for which governmental agencies have designated us as a potentially responsible party, where it is probable that a loss will be incurred and the cost or amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. However, because of the uncertainties associated with environmental assessment and remediation activities, future expense to remediate currently identified sites and other sites, which could be identified in the future for cleanup, could be higher than the liability currently accrued.
 
We are subject to risks associated with the availability and coverage of various types of insurance.
 
We have various types of insurance including property, workers compensation and general liability. Insurance costs can be unpredictable and may adversely impact our financial results. We retain some portion of our insurable risks, and therefore, unforeseen or catastrophic losses in excess of insured limits could have a material adverse effect on our financial results.


9


Table of Contents

Significant disruption to our information technology infrastructure could adversely impact our operations, sales, customer relations, and financial results.
 
We rely on the efficient and uninterrupted operation of a large and complex information technology infrastructure to link our worldwide divisions. Like other information technology systems, ours is susceptible to a number of factors including, but not limited to, damage or interruptions resulting from a variety of causes such as obsolescence, natural disasters, power failures, human error, viruses and data security breaches. We upgrade and install new systems, which, if installed or programmed incorrectly or if installation is delayed, could cause delays or cancellation of customer orders, impede the manufacture or shipment of products, and disrupt the processing of transactions. We have implemented certain measures to reduce our risk related to system and network disruptions, but if a disruption occurs, we could incur significant losses and remediation costs.
 
Additionally, we rely on services provided by third-party vendors for a significant portion of our information technology support, development and implementation, which may make our operations vulnerable to such third parties’ failure to perform adequately.
 
Miscalculation of our infrastructure needs could adversely impact our financial results.
 
Projected requirements of our infrastructure investments may differ from actual levels if our volume growth is not as we anticipate. Our infrastructure investments are generally long-term in nature, and it is possible that these investments may not generate our expected return due to changes in the marketplace, failures to complete implementation, and other factors. Significant changes from our expected need for and/or returns on infrastructure investments could adversely affect our financial results.
 
Our share price may be volatile.
 
Our stock price, which has at times experienced substantial volatility, is influenced by changes in the overall stock market and demand for equity securities in general. Other factors, including current performance and market expectations for our future performance, the level of perceived growth of our industries, and announcements concerning investigations, can also impact our share price. There can be no assurance that our stock price will be less volatile in the future.
 
If our credit ratings are downgraded, we may have difficulty obtaining acceptable short- and long-term financing from capital markets.
 
Credit ratings are a significant factor in our ability to raise short-term and long-term financing. The credit ratings assigned to us also impact the interest rates on our commercial paper and other borrowings. If our credit ratings are further downgraded, our financial flexibility could decrease and the cost to borrow would increase.
 
Our reputation, sales, and earnings could be affected adversely if the quality of our products and services does not meet customer expectations.
 
There are occasions when we manufacture products with quality issues resulting from defective materials, manufacturing, packaging or design. Many of these issues are discovered before shipping, thus causing delays in shipping, delays in the manufacturing process, and occasionally cancelled orders. When issues are discovered after shipment, this causes additional shipping costs, possible discounts, possible refunds, and potential loss of future sales. Both pre-shipping and post-shipping quality issues can result in financial consequences along with a negative impact on our reputation.
 
Some of our products are sold by third parties.
 
Our products are not only sold by us, but by third-party distributors and retailers as well. Some of our distributors also market products that compete with our products. Changes in the financial or business condition or purchasing decisions of these third parties or their customers could affect our sales and profitability.


10


Table of Contents

We outsource some of our manufacturing. If there are significant changes in the quality control or financial or business condition of these outsourced manufacturers, our business could be negatively impacted.
 
We manufacture most of our products, but we also use third-party manufacturers, for example, for specialty jobs or capacity overflow. Outsourced manufacturers reduce our ability to prevent product quality issues, late deliveries, customer dissatisfaction and compliance with customer requirements for labor standards. Because of possible quality issues and customer dissatisfaction, outsourced manufacturers could have an adverse effect on our business and financial results.
 
An impairment in the carrying value of goodwill could negatively impact our consolidated results of operations and net worth.
 
Goodwill is initially recorded at fair value and is not amortized, but is reviewed for impairment at least annually or more frequently if impairment indicators are present. In assessing the carrying value of goodwill, we make estimates and assumptions about sales, operating margins, growth rates, and discount rates based on our business plans, economic projections, anticipated future cash flows and marketplace data. There are inherent uncertainties related to these factors and management’s judgment in applying these factors. Goodwill valuations have been calculated using an income approach based on the present value of future cash flows of each reporting unit. We could be required to evaluate the carrying value of goodwill prior to the annual assessment if we experience disruptions to the business, unexpected significant declines in operating results, divestiture of a significant component of our business or sustained market capitalization declines. These types of events and the resulting analyses could result in goodwill impairment charges in the future. Impairment charges could substantially affect our financial results in the periods of such charges.
 
Changes in our business strategies may increase our costs and could affect the profitability of our businesses.
 
As changes in our business environment occur, we may need to adjust our business strategies to meet these changes or we may otherwise find it necessary to restructure our operations or particular businesses. When these changes occur, we may incur costs to change our business strategy and may need to write down the value of assets. We may also need to invest in new businesses that have short-term returns that are negative or low and whose ultimate business prospects are uncertain. In any of these events, our costs may increase, our assets may be impaired, or our returns on new investments may be lower than prior to the change in strategy.
 
The risks described above are not exclusive. If any of the above risks actually occur, our business, results of operations, cash flows or financial condition could suffer, which might cause the value of our securities to decline.
 
Item 1B.   UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
 
None.
 
Item 2.   PROPERTIES
 
As of December 27, 2008, we operated over forty principal manufacturing facilities in excess of 100,000 square feet. The following sets forth the locations of such principal facilities and the operating segments for which they are presently used:
 
Pressure-sensitive Materials Segment
 
     
Domestic
  Peachtree City, Georgia; Fort Wayne, Greenfield and Lowell, Indiana; Fairport Harbor, Hamilton, Mentor and Painesville, Ohio; and Quakertown, Pennsylvania
 
     
Foreign
  Vinhedo, Brazil; Ajax, Canada; Champ-sur-Drac, France; Gotha and Schwelm, Germany; Rodange, Luxembourg; Hazerswoude, the Netherlands; and Cramlington, United Kingdom
 
Retail Information Services Segment
 
     
Domestic
  Greensboro and Lenoir, North Carolina; Miamisburg, Ohio
 


11


Table of Contents

     
Foreign
  Guangzhou, Hong Kong, Kunshan, Nansha, Panyu, Shenzhen, and Suzhou China; Loehne and Sprockhovel, Germany; Ancarano, Italy; Biyagama, Sri Lanka; Taichung, Taiwan; and Thuan An, Vietnam
 
Office and Consumer Products Segment
 
     
Domestic
  Chicopee, Massachusetts; and Meridian, Mississippi
 
     
Foreign
  Oberlaindern, Germany; and Juarez and Tijuana, Mexico
 
Other specialty converting businesses
 
     
Domestic
  Schererville, Indiana; Painesville, Ohio; and Clinton, South Carolina
 
     
Foreign
  Turnhout, Belgium; and Kunshan, China
 
In addition to our principal manufacturing facilities described above, our other principal facilities include our corporate headquarters facility and research center in Pasadena, California, and divisional offices located in Brea and Westlake Village, California; Framingham, Massachusetts; Mentor, Ohio; Hong Kong and Kunshan, China; Leiden, the Netherlands; and Zug, Switzerland.
 
All of our principal properties identified above are owned except certain facilities in Brea and Westlake Village, California; Hong Kong, Guangzhou, Shenzhen, and Panyu, China; Loehne, Oberlaindern, and Sprockhovel, Germany; Juarez, Mexico; Greensboro, North Carolina; Hamilton and Mentor, Ohio; Biyagama, Sri Lanka; Taichung, Taiwan; and Zug, Switzerland, which are leased.
 
All buildings owned or leased are considered suitable and generally adequate for our present needs. We expand production capacity and provide facilities as needed to meet increased demand. Owned buildings and plant equipment are insured against major losses from fire and other usual business risks, subject to deductibles. We are not aware of any material defects in title to, or significant encumbrances on, our properties except for certain mortgage liens.
 
Item 3.   LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
The Company has been designated by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”) and/or other responsible state agencies as a potentially responsible party (“PRP”) at seventeen waste disposal or waste recycling sites, including Paxar sites, which are the subject of separate investigations or proceedings concerning alleged soil and/or groundwater contamination and for which no settlement of the Company’s liability has been agreed. The Company is participating with other PRPs at such sites, and anticipates that its share of cleanup costs will be determined pursuant to remedial agreements entered into in the normal course of negotiations with the EPA or other governmental authorities.
 
The Company has accrued liabilities for these and certain other sites, including sites in which governmental agencies have designated the Company as a PRP, where it is probable that a loss will be incurred and the cost or amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. However, because of the uncertainties associated with environmental assessment and remediation activities, future expense to remediate the currently identified sites and any sites which could be identified in the future for cleanup could be higher than the liability currently accrued.
 
As of December 27, 2008, the Company’s estimated accrued liability associated with compliance and remediation costs was approximately $60 million, including estimated liabilities related to the Company’s recent acquisitions. See also Note 8, “Contingencies,” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements beginning on page 60 of the Company’s 2008 Annual Report to Shareholders, which is incorporated herein by reference.
 
On April 24, 2003, Sentry Business Products, Inc. filed a purported class action on behalf of direct purchasers of label stock in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Illinois against the Company, UPM, Bemis and certain of their subsidiaries seeking treble damages and other relief for alleged unlawful competitive practices with allegations including that the defendants attempted to limit competition between themselves through anticompetitive understandings. Ten similar complaints were filed in various federal district courts. In November 2003, the cases were transferred to the United States District Court for the Middle District of Pennsylvania and

12


Table of Contents

consolidated for pretrial purposes. Plaintiffs filed a consolidated complaint on February 16, 2004, which the Company answered on March 31, 2004. On April 14, 2004, the court separated the proceedings as to class certification and merits discovery, and limited the initial phase of discovery to the issue of the appropriateness of class certification. On January 4, 2006, plaintiffs filed an amended complaint. On January 20, 2006, the Company filed an answer to the amended complaint. On August 14, 2006, the plaintiffs moved to certify a proposed class. The Company and other defendants opposed this motion. On March 1, 2007, the court heard oral argument on the issue of the appropriateness of class certification. On August 28, 2007, plaintiffs moved to lift the discovery stay, which the Company opposed. The court substantively granted class certification on November 19, 2007. The Company filed a petition to appeal this decision on December 4, 2007, which was denied on March 6, 2008. On July 22, 2008, the district court held a hearing to set a schedule for merits discovery. The court subsequently entered an order that requires the parties to complete fact discovery by June 22, 2009. Dispositive motions are due on March 19, 2010. On January 27, 2009, the Company moved the court to decertify the class. The Company intends to defend these matters vigorously.
 
On May 21, 2003, The Harman Press filed in the Superior Court for the County of Los Angeles, California, a purported class action on behalf of indirect purchasers of label stock against the Company, UPM and UPM’s subsidiary Raflatac (“Raflatac”), seeking treble damages and other relief for alleged unlawful competitive practices with allegations including that the defendant parties attempted to limit competition between themselves through anticompetitive understandings. Three similar complaints were filed in various California courts. In November 2003, on petition from the parties, the California Judicial Council ordered the cases be coordinated for pretrial purposes. The cases were assigned to a coordination trial judge in the Superior Court for the City and County of San Francisco on March 30, 2004. On September 30, 2004, The Harman Press amended its complaint to add Bemis’ subsidiary Morgan Adhesives Company (“MACtac”) as a defendant. On January 21, 2005, American International Distribution Corporation filed a purported class action on behalf of indirect purchasers in the Superior Court for Chittenden County, Vermont. Similar actions were filed by Richard Wrobel, on February 16, 2005, in the District Court of Johnson County, Kansas; and by Chad and Terry Muzzey, on February 16, 2005 in the District Court of Scotts Bluff County, Nebraska. On February 17, 2005, Judy Benson filed a purported multi-state class action on behalf of indirect purchasers in the Circuit Court for Cocke County, Tennessee. The Nebraska, Kansas and Vermont cases are currently stayed. Defendants’ motion to dismiss the Tennessee case, filed on March 30, 2006, is pending. The Company intends to defend these matters vigorously.
 
The Board of Directors created an ad hoc committee comprised of certain independent directors to oversee the foregoing matters.
 
The Company is unable to predict the effect of these matters at this time, although the effect could be adverse and material.
 
In 2005, the Company contacted relevant authorities in the U.S. and reported on the results of an internal investigation of potential violations of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act. The transactions at issue were carried out by a small number of employees of the Company’s reflective business in China, and involved, among other things, impermissible payments or attempted impermissible payments. The payments or attempted payments and the contracts associated with them appear to have been minor in amount and of limited duration. Corrective and disciplinary actions have been taken. Sales of the Company’s reflective business in China in 2005 were approximately $7 million. Based on findings to date, no changes to the Company’s previously filed financial statements are warranted as a result of these matters. However, the Company expects that fines or other penalties could be incurred. While the Company is unable to predict the financial or operating impact of any such fines or penalties, it believes that its behavior in detecting, investigating, responding to and voluntarily disclosing these matters to authorities should be viewed favorably.
 
In addition, on or about October 10, 2008, the Company notified relevant authorities that it had discovered questionable payments to certain foreign customs and other regulatory officials by some employees of its recently acquired companies. These payments do not appear to have been made for the purpose of obtaining business from any governmental entity. The Company is in the process of conducting a review and is taking remedial measures to comply with the provisions of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act.


13


Table of Contents

The Company and its subsidiaries are involved in various other lawsuits, claims and inquiries, most of which are routine to the nature of the business. Based upon current information, management believes that the resolution of these other matters will not materially affect the Company’s financial position.
 
Item 4.   SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS
 
No matters were submitted to a vote of security holders during the fourth quarter of the fiscal year covered by this report.


14


Table of Contents

 
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF AVERY DENNISON(1)
 
                     
          Served as
   
          Executive Officer
  Former Positions and Offices
Name   Age     since   with Avery Dennison
 
Dean A. Scarborough(2)
President and Chief Executive Officer (also Director of Avery Dennison)
    53     August 1997   2000-2005   President and Chief Operating Officer
Robert G. van Schoonenberg(3)
Executive Vice President and Chief Legal Officer
    62     December 1981   1997-2000   Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
Daniel R. O’Bryant
Executive Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer
    51     January 2001   2001-2005   Senior Vice President Finance and Chief Financial Officer
Diane B. Dixon
Senior Vice President, Corporate Communications and Advertising
    57     December 1985   1997-2000   Vice President, Worldwide Communications and Advertising
Anne Hill
Senior Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer
    49     May 2007   2004-2006   Vice President, Global Human Resources, Chiron Corporation(4)
Robert M. Malchione
Senior Vice President, Corporate Strategy and Technology
    51     August 2000   2000-2001   Senior Vice President, Corporate Strategy
Susan C. Miller
Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
    49     March 2008   2008

2007
1998-2006
  Senior Vice President and General Counsel
Vice President and General Counsel
Assistant General Counsel
Mitchell R. Butier
Corporate Vice President, Global Finance and Chief Accounting Officer
    37     May 2007   2007

2004-2006
  Vice President, Controller and Chief
Accounting Officer
Vice President, Finance,
Retail Information Services
Karyn E. Rodriguez
Vice President and Treasurer
    49     June 2001   1999-2001   Assistant Treasurer, Corporate Finance and Investments
Timothy G. Bond
Group Vice President, Office Products
    51     March 2008   2007

2003-2006
  Vice President and General Manager, Office Products Group
Vice President and General Manager, Office Products North America
Timothy S. Clyde
Group Vice President, Specialty Materials and Converting
    46     February 2001   2001-2007   Group Vice President, Office Products
Terrence L. Hemmelgarn
Group Vice President, Retail Information Services
    45     June 2007   2003-2006   Vice President and General Manager, Retail Information Services
Donald A. Nolan
Group Vice President, Roll Materials
    48     March 2008   2005-2007


2004
  Senior Vice President, Global Packaging and Automotive Coatings
Valspar Corporation(4)
Group Vice President, Packaging Valspar Corporation(4)
 
 
(1) All officers are elected to serve a one-year term and until their successors are elected and qualify.
 
(2) Mr. Scarborough was elected President and Chief Executive Officer effective May 1, 2005.
 
(3) Mr. van Schoonenberg retired from the Company on December 31, 2008.
 
(4) Business experience during past 5 years prior to service with the Company.


15


Table of Contents

 
PART II
 
Item 5.   MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
 
(a) (b) The information called for by this item appears on pages 20 and 77 of our 2008 Annual Report to Shareholders and under the Equity Compensation Plan Information table in the 2009 Proxy Statement. The information on page 77 and under the Equity Compensation Plan Information table in the 2009 Proxy Statement called for by this item are incorporated herein by reference. The information on page 20 of our 2008 Annual Report to Shareholders is not being incorporated herein by reference.
 
(c) Purchases of Equity Securities by Issuer
 
On October 26, 2006, the Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of an additional 5 million shares of the Company’s outstanding common stock. This authorization increased the total shares authorized for repurchase to approximately 7.4 million. Repurchased shares may be reissued under the Company’s stock option and incentive plans or used for other corporate purposes.
 
The Company did not repurchase any registered equity securities in the fourth fiscal quarter of 2008.
 
Item 6.   SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
 
Selected financial data for each of the Company’s last five fiscal years appears on page 19 of our 2008 Annual Report to Shareholders and is incorporated herein by reference.


16


Table of Contents

Item 7.   MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION
 
ORGANIZATION OF INFORMATION
 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis provides a narrative concerning our financial performance and condition that should be read in conjunction with the accompanying financial statements. It includes the following sections:
 
         
•   Definition of Terms
    17  
•   Overview and Outlook
    18  
•   Analysis of Results of Operations
    22  
•   Results of Operations by Segment
    25  
•   Financial Condition
    28  
•   Uses and Limitations of Non-GAAP Measures
    37  
•   Related Party Transactions
    37  
•   Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
    38  
•   Recent Accounting Requirements
    43  
•   Safe Harbor Statement
    43  
 
DEFINITION OF TERMS
 
Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, or GAAP. Our discussion of financial results includes several non-GAAP measures to provide additional information concerning Avery Dennison Corporation’s (the “Company’s”) performance. These non-GAAP financial measures are not in accordance with, nor are they a substitute for, GAAP financial measures. These non-GAAP financial measures are intended to supplement our presentation of our financial results that are prepared in accordance with GAAP. Refer to “Uses and Limitations of Non-GAAP Measures.”
 
We use the following terms:
 
  •  Organic sales growth (decline) refers to the change in sales excluding the estimated impact of currency translation, acquisitions and divestitures;
 
  •  Segment operating income (loss) refers to income before interest and taxes;
 
  •  Free cash flow refers to cash flow from operations and net proceeds from sale of investments, less payments for property, plant and equipment, software and other deferred charges; and
 
  •  Operational working capital refers to trade accounts receivable and inventories, net of accounts payable.
 
As a result of the sale of our raised reflective pavement marker business during 2006 (discussed below in “Divestitures”), the discussions which follow reflect our restated results for the accounting change, as well as summary results from our continuing operations unless otherwise noted. However, the net income and net income per share discussions include the impact of discontinued operations.


17


Table of Contents

OVERVIEW AND OUTLOOK
 
Overview
 
Sales
 
Our sales from continuing operations increased 6% in 2008 compared to growth of 13% in 2007, driven primarily by the acquisitions of Paxar Corporation (“Paxar”) and DM Label Group (“DM Label”) and the effect of currency translation.
 
                         
Estimated change in sales due to:   2008     2007     2006  
 
Organic sales growth (decline)
    (3 )%     1 %     3 %
Foreign currency translation
    3       5        
Acquisitions, net of divestitures
    7       8       (1 )
                         
Reported sales growth(1)
    6 %     13 %     2 %
                         
 
 
(1) Totals may not sum due to rounding
 
On an organic basis, the decline of 3% in 2008 reflected worsening global economic conditions in 2008, which were experienced first in the U.S., then Western Europe, then in our emerging markets (Asia, Eastern Europe and Latin America). Organic sales growth of 1% in 2007 reflected international growth, partially offset by slower and more competitive market conditions in North America.
 
Net Income
 
Net income decreased $37 million, or 12%, in 2008 compared to 2007.
 
Negative factors affecting the change in net income included:
 
  •  Reduced fixed cost leverage due to sales decline on an organic basis
 
  •  Cost inflation, including raw material and energy costs
 
  •  Incremental interest expense and amortization of intangibles related to the Paxar and DM Label acquisitions
 
  •  The carryover effect of a more competitive pricing environment in the roll materials business in the prior year, partially offset by current year price increases
 
Positive factors affecting the change in net income included:
 
  •  Cost savings from productivity improvement initiatives, including savings from restructuring actions
 
  •  Benefits from foreign currency translation and acquisitions
 
  •  Lower effective tax rate
 
  •  Lower asset impairment and restructuring charges related to cost reduction actions
 
  •  Lower transition costs related to the integration of Paxar
 
Acquisitions
 
We completed the Paxar acquisition on June 15, 2007. The combination of the Paxar business into our Retail Information Services segment increases our presence in the retail information and brand identification market, combines complementary strengths and broadens the range of our product and service capabilities, improves our ability to meet customer demands for product innovation and improved quality of service, and facilitates expansion into new product and geographic segments. See “Paxar Acquisition-related Actions” below for information on cash costs incurred and cost synergies achieved during integration.
 
We completed the DM Label acquisition on April 1, 2008. DM Label operations are included in our Retail Information Services segment.


18


Table of Contents

See Note 2, “Acquisitions,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information.
 
Paxar Acquisition-related Actions
 
The following integration actions resulted in headcount reductions of approximately 1,695 positions in our Retail Information Services segment:
 
                 
    Paxar
       
    Acquisition-
    Headcount
 
(Dollars in millions)   related costs(1)     Reduction  
 
2007 Restructuring(2)
  $ 31.2       200  
2007 Transition costs(2)
    43.0        
2008 Restructuring(2)
    5.6       130  
2008 Transition costs(2)
    19.9        
2007 Purchase price adjustments
    20.5       855  
2008 Purchase price adjustments
    6.0       510  
                 
Total Paxar integration actions
  $ 126.2       1,695  
                 
Change-in-control costs (purchase price adjustment)
    27.8          
                 
Total Paxar acquisition-related costs
  $ 154.0          
                 
 
 
(1) Includes severance, asset impairment and lease cancellation charges, where applicable
 
(2) Recorded in the Consolidated Statement of Income
 
At year end, the Paxar integration was essentially complete. Cost synergies resulting from the integration were approximately $20 million in 2007 and an incremental $88 million in 2008. We expect to realize incremental savings of approximately $12 million in 2009.
 
Refer to Note 2, “Acquisitions,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information.
 
Cost Reduction Actions
 
Q4 2008 — 2009 Actions
 
In response to worsening market conditions, we are undertaking new restructuring actions that began in the fourth quarter of 2008 that are expected to impact approximately 10% of the Company’s global workforce. Refer to the “Outlook” section for total estimated costs to be incurred and annualized savings expected to be achieved through these actions.
 
In the fourth quarter of 2008, we recorded $12.3 million in pretax charges related to these restructuring actions, consisting of severance and related employee costs, asset impairment charges, and lease cancellation costs. Severance and employee related costs related to approximately 700 positions, impacting all of our segments and geographic regions. We expect to realize savings of approximately $18 million in 2009 related to these charges.
 
Q1 2008 — Q3 2008 Actions
 
During the first three quarters of 2008, we implemented cost reduction actions resulting in pretax charges of $22.8 million, including severance and employee related costs for approximately 645 positions, asset impairment charges, and lease cancellation costs. We expect to achieve annualized savings of approximately $20 million (most of which will benefit 2009) as a result of these restructuring actions.
 
Q4 2006 — 2007 Actions
 
We incurred $31.4 million in pretax charges related to cost reduction actions initiated from late 2006 through the end of 2007, including severance and employee related costs for approximately 555 positions, asset impairment charges, and lease cancellation costs. Savings from these restructuring actions, net of transition costs, were


19


Table of Contents

approximately $5 million in 2008 and $32 million in 2007. We expect to realize incremental savings of $8 million in 2009.
 
Q4 2005 — Q3 2006 Actions
 
During 2007 and 2006, we realized annualized pretax savings (net of transition costs) of over $90 million, resulting from restructuring actions initiated in the fourth quarter of 2005. These restructuring actions resulted in headcount reductions of approximately 1,150 positions, which impacted all of our segments and geographic regions and were completed in 2006.
 
Refer to Note 10, “Cost Reduction Actions,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information.
 
Divestitures
 
The divestiture of our raised reflective pavement marker business, which had sales of approximately $23 million in 2005, was completed during the second quarter of 2006 and resulted in a tax benefit due to capital losses arising from the sale of the business. The results of this business have been accounted for as discontinued operations in 2006. This business was previously included in the Pressure-sensitive Materials segment.
 
In addition, the divestitures of two product lines were completed in the first quarter of 2006. The first product line, which was included in the Office and Consumer Products segment, had estimated sales of $60 million in 2005, with minimal impact to income from operations. The second product line, which was included in other specialty converting businesses, had annual sales of approximately $10 million in 2005, with minimal impact to income from operations.
 
Free Cash Flow
 
We use free cash flow as a measure of funds available for other corporate purposes, such as dividends, debt reduction, acquisitions, and repurchases of common stock. Management believes that this measure provides meaningful supplemental information to our investors to assist them in their financial analysis of the Company. Management believes that it is appropriate to measure cash flow (including net proceeds from sale of investments) after spending on property, plant, equipment, software and other deferred charges because such spending is considered integral to maintaining or expanding our underlying business. This measure is not intended to represent the residual cash available for discretionary purposes. Refer to “Uses and Limitations of Non-GAAP Measures” for further information regarding limitations of this measure.
 
                         
(In millions)   2008     2007     2006  
 
Net cash provided by operating activities
  $ 539.7     $ 499.4     $ 510.8  
Purchase of property, plant and equipment
    (128.5 )     (190.5 )     (161.9 )
Purchase of software and other deferred charges
    (63.1 )     (64.3 )     (33.4 )
Proceeds from sale of investments, net(1)
    17.2             16.3  
                         
Free cash flow
  $ 365.3     $ 244.6     $ 331.8  
                         
 
 
(1) Net proceeds from sale of investments are related to the sale of securities held by our captive insurance company and other investments in 2008 and a sale of a long-term investment in 2006.
 
The increase in free cash flow in 2008 of $121 million is primarily due to increased cash flow provided by operating activities and reduced capital spending, partially offset by lower net income compared to 2007.
 
The decrease in free cash flow in 2007 of $87 million reflects higher spending on property, plant and equipment and software and other deferred charges, as well as lower net income compared to 2006.
 
See “Analysis of Results of Operations” and “Liquidity” in “Financial Condition” below for more information.


20


Table of Contents

Legal Proceedings
 
We are a named defendant in purported class actions in the U.S. seeking treble damages and other relief for alleged unlawful competitive practices.
 
As previously disclosed, we have discovered instances of conduct by certain employees that potentially violate the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act. We reported that conduct to authorities in the U.S. and we believe it is possible that fines or other penalties could be incurred.
 
The Board of Directors created an ad hoc committee comprised of certain independent directors to oversee the foregoing matters.
 
We are unable to predict the effect of these matters at this time, although the effect could be adverse and material. These and other matters are reported in Note 8, “Contingencies,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
Outlook
 
Certain statements contained in this section are “forward-looking statements” and are subject to certain risks and uncertainties. Refer to our “Safe Harbor Statement” herein.
 
In light of the global economic environment, we are not providing a 2009 earnings forecast at this time. If current exchange rate trends continue, they would have an unfavorable effect on earnings in 2009.
 
We expect incremental pension and other employee-related expenses and contributions in 2009.
 
In response to increased uncertainty resulting from worsening global economic conditions, we initiated new cost reduction actions that target approximately $150 million in annualized savings by 2010, of which an estimated $70 million, net of transition costs, is expected to benefit 2009. We expect to incur approximately $120 million of restructuring charges associated with these actions, with the majority to be incurred in 2009.
 
In addition to the savings from these new actions, we expect approximately $40 million of savings from previously implemented actions, which includes $12 million of benefits from the Paxar integration.
 
The total incremental savings from implemented cost reduction actions discussed above are expected to be $110 million for 2009. We anticipate higher charges related to restructuring actions in 2009 compared to 2008.
 
We anticipate lower interest expense in 2009, subject to currently anticipated retirements and/or refinancings of currently outstanding indebtedness, and assuming a continuation of current market rates for our variable interest rate debt and commercial paper.
 
The annual effective tax rate will be impacted by future events including changes in tax laws, geographic income mix, tax audits, closure of tax years, legal entity restructuring, and release of, or accrual for, valuation allowances on deferred tax assets. The effective tax rate can potentially have wide variances from quarter to quarter, resulting from interim reporting requirements and the recognition of discrete events.
 
We anticipate our capital and software expenditures to be in the range of $120 million to $150 million in 2009.


21


Table of Contents

ANALYSIS OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
Income from Continuing Operations Before Taxes:
 
                         
(In millions)   2008     2007     2006  
 
Net sales
  $ 6,710.4     $ 6,307.8     $ 5,575.9  
Cost of products sold
    4,983.4       4,585.4       4,037.9  
                         
Gross profit
    1,727.0       1,722.4       1,538.0  
Marketing, general and administrative expense
    1,304.3       1,182.5       1,011.1  
Interest expense
    115.9       105.2       55.5  
Other expense, net
    36.2       59.4       36.2  
                         
Income from continuing operations before taxes
  $ 270.6     $ 375.3     $ 435.2  
                         
 
                         
As a Percent of Sales:   %     %     %  
 
Gross profit (margin)
    25.7       27.3       27.6  
Marketing, general and administrative expense
    19.4       18.7       18.1  
Income from continuing operations before taxes
    4.0       5.9       7.8  
                         
 
Sales
 
Sales increased 6% in 2008 and 13% in 2007 driven primarily by acquisitions and the effect of currency translation. The acquisitions of Paxar and DM Label increased sales by an estimated $450 million in 2008. The acquisition of Paxar increased sales by an estimated $510 million in 2007. Foreign currency translation had a favorable impact on the change in sales of approximately $167 million in 2008 compared to approximately $232 million in 2007.
 
On an organic basis, sales declined 3% in 2008 and grew 1% in 2007. The decline in 2008 primarily reflected worsening global economic conditions in 2008, which were experienced first in the U.S., then Western Europe, then in our emerging markets. Organic sales growth of 1% in 2007 reflected international growth, partially offset by slower and more competitive market conditions in North America.
 
Organic sales growth (or decline) by our major regions of operation was as follows:
 
                         
    2008     2007     2006  
 
U.S. 
    (7 )%     (4 )%      
Europe
    (1 )%     3 %     3 %
Asia
    1 %     9 %     13 %
Latin America
    1 %     4 %     11 %
                         
 
On an organic basis, international sales were roughly flat in 2008, compared to growth of 4% in 2007. The growth in 2007 reflected increases in most of our businesses outside of the U.S., particularly in our emerging markets.
 
In the U.S., sales on an organic basis declined 7% in 2008 and 4% in 2007 due primarily to the slowdown in the U.S. economy, combined with the reduction of inventories by customers, particularly in the Office and Consumer Products segment.
 
In our Pressure-sensitive Materials segment, soft market conditions experienced in the second half of 2007 in the roll materials businesses in North America and Europe continued in 2008, spreading to Latin America and Asia. In our Retail Information Services segment, we continued to experience weakness in domestic retail apparel markets in 2008 and began to experience weakness in the European retail markets. Our other specialty converting businesses also experienced declines in 2008 primarily due to lower volume in products sold to the automotive and housing construction industries.


22


Table of Contents

Refer to “Results of Operations by Segment” for further information on segments.
 
Gross Profit
 
Gross profit margin in 2008 decreased from 2007 as higher gross profit margin associated with sales from the Paxar business and savings from restructuring actions and other sources of productivity were more than offset by the carryover effect of prior year price competition in the roll materials business, higher raw material and other cost inflation, negative product mix shifts (lower sales of higher gross profit margin products), as well as reduced fixed cost leverage on an organic basis.
 
Gross profit margin in 2007 decreased from 2006 due to price competition and unfavorable product mix in the roll materials business and higher raw material costs. The negative effect of these factors was partially offset by the addition of the higher gross profit margin Paxar business, as well as benefits from our ongoing productivity improvement and cost reduction actions.
 
Marketing, General and Administrative Expense
 
Marketing, general and administrative expense in 2008 increased from 2007, as benefits from productivity improvement initiatives and lower net transition costs related to the Paxar and DM Label acquisitions were more than offset by:
 
•  Costs associated with the acquired businesses (totaling approximately $123 million, including $15 million in incremental amortization of intangibles)
 
•  The negative impact of fluctuations in foreign currency (approximately $13 million)
 
•  Higher employee costs
 
Marketing, general and administrative expense in 2007 increased from 2006, as savings from restructuring actions and other cost reductions were more than offset by:
 
•  Costs associated with the Paxar business and related integration expense (totaling approximately $185 million, including $40 million in integration-related transition costs and $12 million in amortization of intangibles)
 
•  The negative impact of foreign currency translation (approximately $30 million).
 
Interest Expense
 
Interest expense increased 10%, or approximately $11 million, in 2008 compared to 2007 due to an increase in borrowings to fund the Paxar and DM Label acquisitions, partially offset by the benefit of lower interest rates.
 
Other Expense, net
 
                         
(In millions, pretax)   2008     2007     2006  
 
Restructuring costs
  $ 29.8     $ 21.6     $ 21.1  
Asset impairment and lease cancellation charges
    10.9       17.5       8.7  
Asset impairment — integration related
          18.4        
Other items
    (4.5 )     1.9       6.4  
                         
Other expense, net
  $ 36.2     $ 59.4     $ 36.2  
                         
 
For all three years presented, “Other expense, net” consisted of charges for restructuring, including severance and other employee-related costs, asset impairment charges, and lease cancellation costs, as described above in the “Cost Reduction Actions” and “Paxar Acquisition-related Actions” sections herein. Refer also to Note 10, “Cost Reduction Actions,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements for more information.
 
In 2008, other items included in “Other expense, net” consisted of a gain on sale of investments ($4.5 million).


23


Table of Contents

In 2007, other items included in “Other expense, net” included:
 
•  Cash flow hedge loss ($4.8 million)
 
•  Expenses related to a divestiture ($.3 million)
 
•  Reversal of accrual related to a lawsuit ($3.2 million)
 
In 2006, other items included in “Other expense, net” included:
 
•  Accrual for environmental remediation costs ($13 million)
 
•  Costs related to a lawsuit and a divestiture ($.8 million)
 
•  Gain on sale of assets ($5.3 million)
 
•  Gain on curtailment and settlement of a pension obligation ($1.6 million)
 
•  Gain on sale of an investment ($10.5 million), partially offset by a charitable contribution to the Avery Dennison Foundation ($10 million)
 
Net Income:
 
                         
(In millions, except per share amounts)   2008     2007     2006  
 
Income from continuing operations before taxes
  $ 270.6     $ 375.3     $ 435.2  
Provision for income taxes
    4.5       71.8       76.7  
                         
Income from continuing operations
    266.1       303.5       358.5  
Income from discontinued operations, net of tax
                14.7  
                         
Net income
  $ 266.1     $ 303.5     $ 373.2  
                         
Net income per common share
  $ 2.70     $ 3.09     $ 3.74  
Net income per common share, assuming dilution
  $ 2.70     $ 3.07     $ 3.72  
                         
Net income as a percent of sales
    4.0 %     4.8 %     6.7 %
                         
Effective tax rate from continuing operations
    1.7 %     19.1 %     17.6 %
                         
 
Provision for Income Taxes
 
The effective tax rate was approximately 2% for 2008 compared with approximately 19% for 2007. Our 2008 effective tax rate reflects $45.3 million of benefit from changes in the valuation allowance against certain deferred tax assets, favorable geographic income mix, and a $24.8 million detriment from accruals for uncertain tax positions. Refer to Note 11, “Taxes on Income,” for more information.
 
Income from Discontinued Operations
 
Income from discontinued operations includes the divestiture of our raised reflective pavement markers business as noted in the “Overview” section above. The divestiture of this business was completed during 2006 and resulted in a tax benefit ($14.9 million) due to capital losses arising from the sale of the business and a gain on sale of $1.3 million.
 
Income from discontinued operations included net sales of approximately $7 million in 2006.


24


Table of Contents

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS BY SEGMENT
 
Pressure-sensitive Materials Segment
 
                         
(In millions)   2008     2007     2006  
 
Net sales including intersegment sales
  $ 3,816.2     $ 3,662.6     $ 3,397.8  
Less intersegment sales
    (172.4 )     (164.9 )     (161.5 )
                         
Net sales
  $ 3,643.8     $ 3,497.7     $ 3,236.3  
Operating income(1)
    252.3       318.7       301.6  
                         
                       
                         
(1) Includes lease cancellation charges in 2008 and 2006, restructuring costs and asset impairment charges in all years presented, and other items in 2007 and 2006
  $ 10.4     $ 13.8     $ 9.3  
                         
 
Net Sales
 
Sales in our Pressure-sensitive Materials segment increased 4% in 2008 and 8% in 2007. The increase in reported sales for this segment included a favorable impact of foreign currency translation of approximately $132 million in 2008 and approximately $174 million in 2007.
 
Organic sales growth was 1% in 2008 and 3% in 2007, which reflected growth in our roll materials business in Asia, Latin America and Europe, partially offset by declines in our North American roll materials businesses. The growth resulting from market expansion in our roll materials business in Asia and Latin America during 2007 slowed in 2008. In Asia, the roll materials business experienced high single-digit growth in 2008 compared to double-digit growth in 2007. In Latin America, the roll materials business experienced low single-digit growth in 2008 compared to mid single-digit growth in 2007. Our roll materials business in Europe experienced low single-digit organic sales growth in both 2008 and 2007.
 
In our North American roll materials business, slow market conditions in 2008 and 2007 resulted in the low single-digit decline in sales on an organic basis. In 2007, a more competitive environment due in part to capacity additions in the industry led to price reductions to maintain market share.
 
In our graphics and reflective business, sales declined on an organic basis at a mid single-digit rate in 2008, as growth in Asia and Latin America was more than offset by declines in the U.S. and Europe. The decline primarily reflected lower promotional spending on graphic products by businesses in response to weak market conditions. In 2007, our graphics and reflective business experienced mid single-digit organic sales growth, as strong international growth was partially offset by declines in the U.S.
 
Operating Income
 
Decreased operating income in 2008 reflected the negative effects of raw material and other cost inflation and prior year price reductions (which more than offset the initial benefits of recent price increases), and negative product mix, partially offset by higher unit volume, and cost savings from restructuring and productivity improvement initiatives.
 
Increased operating income in 2007 reflected higher sales and cost savings from restructuring and productivity improvement initiatives. These initiatives were partially offset by a more competitive pricing environment and unfavorable product mix in the roll materials business, higher raw material costs, and transition costs related to restructuring actions.
 
Operating income for all three years reflected restructuring and asset impairment charges. In 2008, operating income included lease cancellation charges. In 2007, operating income included a reversal of an accrual related to a lawsuit. In 2006, operating income included a gain on sale of assets, legal fees related to a lawsuit, and lease cancellation charges.


25


Table of Contents

Retail Information Services Segment
 
                         
(In millions)   2008     2007     2006  
 
Net sales including intersegment sales
  $ 1,550.8     $ 1,177.5     $ 671.4  
Less intersegment sales
    (2.1 )     (2.1 )     (3.4 )
                         
Net sales
  $ 1,548.7     $ 1,175.4     $ 668.0  
Operating income (loss)(1)(2)
    9.4       (5.7 )     45.2  
                         
                       
                         
(1) Includes restructuring costs, asset impairment and lease cancellation charges for all years presented
  $ 11.4     $ 31.2     $ 11.2  
                         
(2) Includes transition costs associated with acquisition integrations
  $ 24.1     $ 43.0     $  
                         
 
Net Sales
 
Sales in our Retail Information Services segment increased 32% in 2008 compared to an increase of 76% in 2007. In 2008, the increase reflected an estimated $450 million in sales from the Paxar and DM Label acquisitions and the favorable impact of foreign currency translation (approximately $7 million). In 2007, the increase reflected an estimated $510 million in sales from the Paxar acquisition and the favorable impact of foreign currency translation (approximately $17 million).
 
On an organic basis, sales declined 6% in 2008 reflecting continued weakness in the domestic retail apparel markets and weakness experienced in the European retail markets. Organic sales growth of approximately 1% in 2007 reflected increased sales for the European retail market, partially offset by a decline in orders related to apparel shipped to North American retailers and brand owners.
 
Operating Income
 
Increased operating income in 2008 reflected higher sales, incremental synergies and lower transition costs related to the Paxar integration, and savings from restructuring and productivity improvement initiatives, partially offset by raw material and other cost inflation, and incremental amortization of acquisition intangibles.
 
Operating loss in 2007 reflected transition costs and integration-related asset impairment charges associated with the Paxar acquisition, amortization of acquisition intangibles and higher expenses due to investments for growth in Asia, including higher employee-related costs. Higher operating costs were partially offset by higher sales and savings from restructuring and productivity improvement initiatives.
 
Restructuring costs, asset impairment and lease cancellation charges were incurred in all three years.
 
Office and Consumer Products Segment
 
                         
(In millions)   2008     2007     2006  
 
Net sales including intersegment sales
  $ 937.0     $ 1,017.8     $ 1,073.8  
Less intersegment sales
    (1.2 )     (1.6 )     (1.8 )
                         
Net sales
  $ 935.8     $ 1,016.2     $ 1,072.0  
Operating income(1)
    144.5       173.6       187.4  
                         
                       
                         
(1) Includes restructuring costs for all years, asset impairment charges in 2008 and 2006, lease cancellation costs in 2007, and other items in 2007 and 2006
  $ 12.2     $ 4.8     $ (2.3 )
                         
 
Net Sales
 
Sales in our Office and Consumer Products segment decreased 8% in 2008 and 5% in 2007. The decline in reported sales in both years reflected lower sales on an organic basis, partially offset by the favorable impact of


26


Table of Contents

foreign currency translation (approximately $12 million in 2008 and $25 million in 2007). In 2007, the decline included the negative impact of product line divestitures (approximately $9 million).
 
On an organic basis, sales declined approximately 9% in 2008 and 7% in 2007. These declines reflected a combination of weak end market demand and tighter inventory controls by customers.
 
Operating Income
 
Decreased operating income in 2008 reflected lower sales and cost inflation, partially offset by price increases and savings from restructuring actions and other productivity improvement initiatives.
 
Decreased operating income in 2007 reflected lower sales and higher raw material costs, partially offset by savings from restructuring actions and productivity improvement initiatives.
 
Restructuring costs were incurred in all three years and asset impairment charges were incurred in 2008 and 2006. Operating income in 2007 included lease cancellation costs and expense related to a divestiture. In 2006, operating income included a gain from sale of assets, a gain from curtailment and settlement of a pension obligation, and a net gain from a product line divestiture.
 
Other specialty converting businesses
 
                         
(In millions)   2008     2007     2006  
 
Net sales including intersegment sales
  $ 608.5     $ 638.4     $ 614.0  
Less intersegment sales
    (26.4 )     (19.9 )     (14.4 )
                         
Net sales
  $ 582.1     $ 618.5     $ 599.6  
Operating income(1)
    6.0       27.1       17.8  
                         
                       
                         
(1) Includes restructuring and asset impairment charges for all years presented
  $ 2.8     $ 4.2     $ 3.7  
                         
 
Net Sales
 
Sales in our other specialty converting businesses decreased 6% in 2008 and increased 3% in 2007. In 2008, the decrease reflected lower sales on an organic basis, partially offset by the favorable impact of foreign currency translation (approximately $17 million). In 2007, the increase reflected the favorable impact of foreign currency translation (approximately $16 million), partially offset by the impact of a product line divestiture, net of a small acquisition (approximately $2 million).
 
On an organic basis, sales declined 8% in 2008, reflecting lower volume in products sold to the automotive and housing construction industries, and the negative effect of exiting certain low-margin products in our specialty tape business, partially offset by growth in our radio-frequency identification (“RFID”) division. In 2007, sales grew 1% on an organic basis, as the loss of sales from exiting certain low-margin products in our specialty tape business was more than offset by solid growth in other parts of the specialty tape business, as well as growth of the RFID division.
 
Operating Income
 
Decreased operating income for these businesses in 2008 reflected lower sales and cost inflation, partially offset by the benefit of productivity improvement initiatives and a reduction in operating loss in our RFID division.
 
Increased operating income for these businesses in 2007 reflected higher sales, savings from restructuring and productivity improvement initiatives, and a reduction in operating loss from the RFID division.
 
Operating income for all years included restructuring costs and asset impairment charges.


27


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL CONDITION
 
Liquidity
 
Cash Flow from Operating Activities:
 
                         
(In millions)   2008     2007     2006  
 
Net income
  $ 266.1     $ 303.5     $ 373.2  
Depreciation and amortization
    278.4       242.9       201.4  
Provision for doubtful accounts
    17.7       18.7       31.8  
Asset impairment and net loss (gain) on sale and disposal of assets
    16.8       44.0       (7.8 )
Stock-based compensation
    29.0       21.6       24.1  
Other non-cash items, net
    (1.1 )     (6.6 )     1.0  
Trade accounts receivable
    57.7       (17.7 )     (34.1 )
Inventories
    16.5       (5.3 )     (24.6 )
Other current assets
    (30.0 )     18.8       (45.6 )
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
    (15.8 )     (87.1 )     8.9  
Income taxes (deferred and accrued)
    (79.9 )     (31.4 )     5.3  
Other assets
    20.8       (17.1 )     (11.0 )
Long-term retirement benefits and other liabilities
    (36.5 )     15.1       (11.8 )
                         
Net cash provided by operating activities
  $ 539.7     $ 499.4     $ 510.8  
                         
 
For cash flow purposes, changes in assets and liabilities exclude the impact of foreign currency translation, the impact of acquisitions and divestitures and certain non-cash transactions (discussed in “Analysis of Selected Balance Sheet Accounts” below).
 
In 2008, cash flow provided by operating activities improved compared to 2007 due to improved collection of trade accounts receivable; extended payment terms on accounts payable; decreased purchases and better management of inventory; lower rebate payments; and lower income tax payments, net of refunds. These positive factors were partially offset by higher payments for interest and higher material costs.
 
In 2007, cash flow provided by operating activities decreased compared to 2006 primarily due to shorter vendor payment terms on accounts payable and higher payments for income taxes. These negative factors were partially offset by the collection of value-added tax receivables in Europe in other current assets and lower contributions to our pension plans.
 
Cash Flow from Investing Activities:
 
                         
(In millions)   2008     2007     2006  
 
Purchase of property, plant and equipment
  $ (128.5 )   $ (190.5 )   $ (161.9 )
Purchase of software and other deferred charges
    (63.1 )     (64.3 )     (33.4 )
Payments for acquisitions
    (131.2 )     (1,291.9 )     (13.4 )
Proceeds from sale of investments, net
    17.2             16.3  
Proceeds from sale of businesses
                19.1  
Other
    12.1       3.5       18.4  
                         
Net cash used in investing activities
  $ (293.5 )   $ (1,543.2 )   $ (154.9 )
                         
 
Payments for acquisitions
 
On April 1, 2008, we completed the acquisition of DM Label.
 
On June 15, 2007, we completed the acquisition of Paxar. This acquisition was initially funded by commercial paper borrowings, supported by a bridge revolving credit facility.


28


Table of Contents

Refer to Note 2, “Acquisitions,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements for more information.
 
Payments for acquisitions during 2007 also included buy-outs of minority interest shareholders associated with certain subsidiaries of RVL Packaging, Inc. and Paxar of approximately $4 million.
 
Capital and Software Spending
 
Significant capital projects in 2008 included investments for expansion in China and India serving both our materials and retail information services businesses. Significant information technology projects in 2008 included customer service and standardization initiatives.
 
Proceeds from Sale of Businesses and Investments
 
In 2008, we sold securities primarily held by our captive insurance company.
 
In 2006, we sold a long-term investment (proceeds of approximately $16 million), divested our raised reflective pavement marker business in the U.S. (proceeds of approximately $9 million), and divested a product line in Europe (proceeds of approximately $4 million).
 
Cash Flow from Financing Activities:
 
                         
(In millions)   2008     2007     2006  
 
Net change in borrowings and payments of debt
  $ (40.7 )   $ 1,259.0     $ (140.1 )
Dividends paid
    (175.0 )     (171.8 )     (171.8 )
Purchase of treasury stock
    (9.8 )     (63.2 )     (157.7 )
Proceeds from exercise of stock options, net
    2.7       38.1       54.1  
Other
    14.3       (6.7 )     17.7  
                         
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
  $ (208.5 )   $ 1,055.4     $ (397.8 )
                         
 
Borrowings and Repayment of Debt
 
At year end 2008, our borrowings outstanding under foreign short-term lines of credit were approximately $106 million (weighted-average interest rate of 6.9%), compared to approximately $70 million at year end 2007 (weighted-average interest rate of 10.6%).
 
Short-term variable rate domestic borrowings were $558 million at December 27, 2008 (weighted-average interest rate of 0.9%), compared to $990.2 million at December 29, 2007 (weighted-average interest rate of 5.2%). At December 27, 2008, short-term variable rate domestic borrowings were from a mix of commercial paper and the revolving credit agreement. During 2007, we increased our short-term borrowings to initially fund the Paxar acquisition, as noted above in “Payments for acquisitions,” as well as to support share repurchases. The change in outstanding commercial paper also reflects positive cash flow from operations.
 
We had medium-term notes of $50 million outstanding at year end 2008, compared to $100 million at year end 2007. In 2008 and 2007, medium-term notes of $50 million and $60 million were paid on maturity, respectively.
 
Refer to “Capital Resources” below for further information on the 2008 and 2007 borrowings and repayment of debt.
 
Shareholders’ Equity
 
Our shareholders’ equity was approximately $1.75 billion at year end 2008, compared to approximately $1.99 billion at year end 2007. Our annual dividend per share increased to $1.64 in 2008 from $1.61 in 2007.
 
Share Repurchases
 
On October 26, 2006, the Board of Directors authorized the Company to purchase an additional 5 million shares of the Company’s stock under our existing stock repurchase program, resulting in a total authorization of


29


Table of Contents

approximately 7.4 million shares of the Company’s stock at that date. We repurchased approximately .2 million and .8 million shares in 2008 and 2007, respectively. Cash payments for these repurchased shares were approximately $10 million and approximately $63 million in 2008 and 2007, respectively. Included in the 2007 cash payments were approximately $11 million related to shares repurchased in 2006, which settled in 2007. As of December 27, 2008, approximately 3.9 million shares were available for repurchase under the Board of Directors’ authorization.
 
Analysis of Selected Balance Sheet Accounts
 
Long-lived Assets
 
Goodwill increased $33 million during 2008 due to preliminary identified goodwill associated with the DM Label acquisition ($45 million) and purchase price adjustments ($10 million) associated with the Paxar acquisition completed in June 2007, partially offset by foreign currency translation ($22 million).
 
Other intangibles resulting from business acquisitions decreased $11 million during 2008, which reflected normal amortization expense ($33 million) and the impact of foreign currency translation ($5 million), partially offset by our preliminary valuation of the intangible assets of the DM Label acquisition ($19 million) and incremental adjustments to intangible assets for the Paxar acquisition ($8 million).
 
Refer to Note 2, “Acquisitions,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements for more information.
 
Other assets decreased $115 million during 2008 due primarily to decreases in long-term pension assets ($115 million) and cash surrender value of corporate-owned life insurance ($23 million), and the impact of foreign currency translation ($5 million), partially offset by increases in purchases of software and other deferred charges, net of related amortization ($23 million) and other assets ($5 million).
 
Other Shareholders’ Equity Accounts
 
The value of our employee stock benefit trust decreased $182 million in 2008 due to a decrease in the market value of shares held in the trust of approximately $174 million, and the issuance of shares under our employee stock option and incentive plans of approximately $8 million.
 
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income reflected a loss of $367 million during 2008 due primarily to a decline in the value of pension assets and current year recognition and amortization of net pension transition obligation, prior service cost, and net actuarial losses in our U.S. and international pension and other postretirement plans ($191 million), as well as foreign currency translation ($177 million).
 
Impact of Foreign Currency Translation:
 
                         
(In millions)   2008     2007     2006  
 
Change in net sales
  $ 168     $ 232     $ 21  
Change in net income
    8       13       2  
                         
 
In 2008, international operations generated approximately 67% of our net sales. Our future results are subject to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange and interest rates, which are influenced by global economic and political conditions.
 
The benefit to sales from currency translation in 2008 primarily reflected a benefit from sales denominated in Euros and Swiss Francs, as well as sales in the currencies of China, Brazil, and Australia, partially offset by a negative impact of sales in the currencies of South Korea, Great Britain and South Africa.
 
Translation gains and losses for operations in hyperinflationary economies are included in net income in the period incurred. Operations are treated as being in a hyperinflationary economy based on the cumulative inflation rate over the past three years. In 2008 and 2007, we had no operations in hyperinflationary economies. In 2006, the only hyperinflationary economy in which we operated was the Dominican Republic, which uses the U.S. dollar as its functional currency.


30


Table of Contents

Effect of Foreign Currency Transactions
 
The impact on net income from transactions denominated in foreign currencies may be mitigated because the costs of our products are generally denominated in the same currencies in which they are sold. In addition, to reduce our income statement and cash flow exposure to transactions in foreign currencies, we may enter into foreign exchange forward, option and swap contracts, where available and appropriate.
 
Analysis of Selected Financial Ratios
 
We utilize certain financial ratios to assess our financial condition and operating performance, as discussed below.
 
Operational Working Capital Ratio
 
Working capital (current assets minus current liabilities) as a percent of net sales changed in 2008 primarily due to the impact of the Paxar acquisition and a decrease in short-term debt and accrued liabilities, partially offset by a decrease in net trade accounts receivable, inventories and current deferred tax assets, as well as a net increase in hedge liabilities and income taxes payable.
 
In February 2008, one of our subsidiaries entered into a credit agreement for a term loan credit facility with fifteen domestic and foreign banks for a total commitment of $400 million, which we guaranteed, maturing February 8, 2011. The proceeds from this term loan credit facility were used to reduce commercial paper borrowings (included in current liabilities) initially used to finance the Paxar acquisition.
 
Operational working capital, as a percent of net sales, is a non-GAAP measure and is shown below. We use this non-GAAP measure as a tool to assess our working capital requirements because it excludes the impact of fluctuations due to our financing and other activities (that affect cash and cash equivalents, deferred taxes, and other current assets and other current liabilities) that tend to be disparate in amount and timing and therefore, may increase the volatility of the working capital ratio from period to period. Additionally, the items excluded from this measure are not necessarily indicative of the underlying trends of our operations and are not significantly influenced by the day-to-day activities that are managed at the operating level. Refer to “Uses and Limitations of Non-GAAP Measures.” Our objective is to minimize our investment in operational working capital as a percentage of sales by reducing this ratio to maximize cash flow and return on investment.
 
Operational Working Capital:
 
                 
(In millions)   2008     2007  
 
(A) Working capital (current assets minus current liabilities)
  $ (127.6 )   $ (419.3 )
Reconciling items:
               
Cash and cash equivalents
    (105.5 )     (71.5 )
Current deferred and refundable income taxes and other current assets
    (252.4 )     (242.0 )
Short-term and current portion of long-term debt
    665.0       1,110.8  
Current deferred and payable income taxes and other current liabilities
    720.1       687.6  
                 
(B) Operational working capital
  $ 899.6     $ 1,065.6  
                 
(C) Net sales
  $ 6,710.4     $ 6,307.8  
                 
Working capital, as a percent of net sales(A) ¸ (C)
    (1.9 )%     (6.6 )%
                 
Operational working capital, as a percent of net sales(B) ¸ (C)
    13.4 %     16.9 %
                 
 
As a percent of net sales, operational working capital in 2008 decreased compared to 2007. The primary factors contributing to this change, which includes the impact of the Paxar acquisition and foreign currency translation, are discussed below.


31


Table of Contents

  Accounts Receivable Ratio
 
The average number of days sales outstanding was 61 days in 2008 compared to 62 days in 2007, calculated using a four-quarter average accounts receivable balance divided by the average daily sales for the year. The current year average number of days sales outstanding benefited from improved payment terms with our customers. The prior year average number of days sales outstanding was impacted primarily by the acquisition of Paxar, as well as the timing of sales and collections.
 
  Inventory Ratio
 
Average inventory turnover was 7.8 in both 2008 and 2007, calculated using the annual cost of sales divided by a four-quarter average inventory balance. The current year average inventory turnover reflected the continued improvement of inventory management to adjust to the demand of our customers. In the prior year, this ratio was impacted primarily by the acquisition of Paxar.
 
  Accounts Payable Ratio
 
The average number of days payable outstanding was 54 days in 2008 compared to 53 days in 2007, calculated using a four-quarter average accounts payable balance divided by the average daily cost of products sold for the year. The current year average number of days payable outstanding was primarily due to improved payment terms with our suppliers, partially offset by lower inventory purchases. The prior year average number of days payable outstanding was impacted primarily by the timing of payments in Europe, partially offset by the acquisition of Paxar.
 
  Debt-to-Capital Ratio
 
                 
    Year End  
    2008     2007  
 
Debt-to-capital
    55.8 %     53.1 %
                 
 
The increase in the debt-to-capital ratio in 2008 was primarily due to lower shareholders’ equity, which reflected the recognition of net pension transition obligation, prior service cost, and net actuarial losses on our U.S. and international pension and other postretirement plans, and the negative impact of foreign currency translation, partially offset by a net decrease in debt.
 
Our various loan agreements in effect at year end require that we maintain specified ratios on total debt and interest expense in relation to certain measures of income. Under the loan agreements, the ratio of total debt to earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, and other non-cash expenses for the most recent twelve-month fiscal period may not exceed 3.5 to 1.0. In addition, earnings before interest, taxes, and other non-cash expenses, as a ratio to interest for the most recent twelve-month fiscal period may not be less than 3.5 to 1.0. As of December 27, 2008, we were in compliance with these debt covenants. In January 2009, we amended the covenants included in the revolving credit agreement and term loan agreement to exclude certain restructuring charges and to adjust covenant levels. The adjusted covenant levels change quarterly and revert back to the pre-amendment levels during 2010. The amendments also reflect increased pricing levels for borrowings under both agreements, consistent with the current pricing environment. Refer to Note 15, “Subsequent Events,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information.
 
The fair value of our debt is estimated based on the discounted amount of future cash flows using the current rates offered to us for debt of the same remaining maturities. At year end, the fair value of our total debt, including short-term borrowings, was $1,944.2 million in 2008 and $2,250.7 million in 2007.
 
  Shareholders’ Equity Ratios
 
                         
    2008     2007     2006  
 
Return on average shareholders’ equity
    13.1 %     16.5 %     22.7 %
Return on average total capital
    8.8       10.6       15.7  
                         


32


Table of Contents

Decreases in these ratios in 2008 compared to 2007 were primarily due to lower net income, as well as a higher yearly average of total debt outstanding and shareholders’ equity. These ratios are computed using actual net income and a five-quarter average denominator for equity and total debt accounts.
 
  Capital Resources
 
Capital resources include cash flows from operations, cash and cash equivalents and debt financing. At year end 2008, we had cash and cash equivalents of $105.5 million held in accounts managed by third-party financial institutions. To date, we have experienced no loss or lack of access to our invested cash or cash equivalents; however, there is no assurance that access to our invested cash and cash equivalents will not be impacted by adverse conditions in the financial markets.
 
Our $1 billion revolving credit facility, which supports our commercial paper programs in the U.S. and Europe, matures in 2012. Based upon our current outlook for our business and market conditions, we believe that this facility, in addition to the committed and uncommitted bank lines of credit maintained in the countries in which we operate, provide the liquidity to fund our operations. During the recent turmoil in the financial markets, we did not experience interruptions in our access to funding.
 
We have $.5 million of long-term debt maturities due in 2009.
 
We are exposed to financial market risk resulting from changes in interest and foreign currency rates, and to possible liquidity and credit risks of our counterparties.
 
Our total debt decreased $46 million in 2008 to $2.21 billion compared to $2.26 billion at year end 2007, reflecting primarily a decrease in short-term borrowings used for general operational requirements, partially offset by an increase in short-term borrowings associated with the DM Label acquisition. Refer to “Borrowings and Repayment of Debt” in the “Cash Flow from Financing Activities” section above for more information.
 
In August 2007, we amended our existing revolving credit agreement, increasing commitments from $525 million to $1 billion and extending the maturity to August 2012. Commitments were provided by twelve domestic and foreign banks. Financing available under the agreement will be used as a commercial paper back-up facility and is also available to finance other corporate requirements. In January 2009, we amended the covenants related to this issuance as described above. Refer to Note 15, “Subsequent Events,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information.
 
In September 2007, one of our subsidiaries issued $250 million 10-year senior notes, which we guaranteed, bearing interest at a rate of 6.625% per year, due October 2017. The net proceeds from the offering were approximately $247 million and were used to pay down current long-term debt maturities of $150 million and reduce commercial paper borrowings of $97 million initially used to finance the Paxar acquisition.
 
In the fourth quarter of 2007, we filed a shelf registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission to permit the issuance of debt and equity securities. Proceeds from the shelf offering may be used for general corporate purposes, including repaying, redeeming or repurchasing existing debt, and for working capital, capital expenditures and acquisitions. This shelf registration replaced the shelf registration statement filed in 2004. The HiMEDS units discussed below were issued under this registration statement.
 
In the fourth quarter of 2007, we issued $440 million of 7.875% Corporate HiMEDS units, a mandatory convertible debt issue. These HiMEDS units are comprised of two components — purchase contracts obligating the holders to purchase from us a certain number of shares in 2010 ranging from approximately 6.8 million to approximately 8.6 million shares (depending on the stock price at that time) and senior notes due in 2020. The net proceeds from the offering were approximately $427 million, which were used to reduce commercial paper borrowings initially used to finance the Paxar acquisition. In February 2009, we commenced an offer to exchange up to approximately 8.4 million units, or 95%, of our HiMEDS units, stated amount $50.00 per unit, in the form of Corporate HiMEDS units. As the exchange is not mandatory, there is no assurance that the exchange will occur in part or in its entirety. Refer to Note 15, “Subsequent Events,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information.


33


Table of Contents

In February 2008, one of our subsidiaries entered into a credit agreement for a term loan credit facility with fifteen domestic and foreign banks for a total commitment of $400 million, which we guaranteed, maturing February 8, 2011. Financing available under the agreement is to be used for working capital and other general corporate purposes. We used the term loan credit facility to reduce commercial paper borrowings previously issued to fund the acquisition of Paxar. The term loan credit facility is subject to customary financial covenants, including a maximum leverage ratio and a minimum interest coverage ratio. In January 2009, we amended these covenants as described above. Refer to Note 15, “Subsequent Events,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information.
 
In February 2008, we terminated our bridge revolving credit agreement, dated June 13, 2007, with five domestic and foreign banks.
 
In addition, we have a 364-day revolving credit facility in which a foreign bank provides us up to Euro 30 million ($42.2 million) in borrowings through March 5, 2009. With the approval of the bank, we may extend the revolving period and due date on an annual basis. Financing under this agreement is used to finance cash requirements of our European operations. As of December 27, 2008, there was $42.2 million of debt outstanding under this agreement. There was no debt outstanding under this agreement as of December 29, 2007.
 
We had standby letters of credit outstanding of $70.6 million and $80.9 million at the end of 2008 and 2007, respectively. The aggregate contract amount of outstanding standby letters of credit approximated fair value.
 
Our uncommitted lines of credit were approximately $468 million at year end 2008. Our uncommitted lines of credit have no commitment expiration date and may be cancelled by the banks or us at any time.
 
Credit ratings are a significant factor in our ability to raise short-term and long-term financing. The credit ratings assigned to us also impact the interest rates on our commercial paper and other borrowings. When determining a credit rating, the rating agencies place significant weight on our competitive position, business outlook, consistency of cash flows, debt level and liquidity, geographic dispersion and management team. We remain committed to retaining an investment grade rating.
 
Our Credit Ratings as of Year End 2008:
 
                         
    Short-term     Long-term     Outlook  
 
Standard & Poor’s Rating Service (“S&P”)
    A-2       BBB       Stable  
Moody’s Investors Service (“Moody’s”)
    P2       Baa1 (1)     Negative  
                         
 
 
(1) In January 2009, our long-term credit rating was placed under review by Moody’s for possible downgrade. Moody’s expects the review to be completed by the end of April 2009.
 
Contractual Obligations, Commitments and Off-balance Sheet Arrangements
 
Contractual Obligations at Year End 2008:
 
                                                         
    Payments Due by Period  
(In millions)   Total     2009     2010     2011     2012     2013     Thereafter  
 
Short-term lines of credit
  $ 664.4     $ 664.4     $     $     $     $     $  
Long-term debt and capital leases(1)
    1,545.3       .5       .6       405.2             250.0       889.0  
Interest on long-term debt(2)
    872.1       75.8       75.8       75.8       75.8       64.1       504.8  
Operating leases
    250.9       64.6       49.6       39.2       30.5       20.1       46.9  
Pension and postretirement benefit contributions
    25.0       25.0                                
                                                         
Total contractual obligations
  $ 3,357.7     $ 830.3     $ 126.0     $ 520.2     $ 106.3     $ 334.2     $ 1,440.7  
                                                         


34


Table of Contents

 
(1) In January 2009, we entered into an amendment to our credit agreement for a $400 million term loan credit facility (“Credit Facility”) maturing February 8, 2011. The amendment provides for the partial repayment of the loans under the Credit Facility in $15 million quarterly installments beginning April 2009 through December 2010, and $280 million payable upon maturity. Under the amended agreement, repayment of long-term debt and capital leases is scheduled as follows: $60.5 million in 2009, $60.6 million in 2010, $285.2 million in 2011, $0 in 2012, $250 million in 2013, and $889 million thereafter. See Note 15, “Subsequent Events,” for more information.
 
(2) Interest on floating rate debt was estimated using the index rate in effect as of December 27, 2008.
 
We enter into operating leases primarily for office and warehouse space and equipment for electronic data processing and transportation. The terms of our leases do not impose significant restrictions or unusual obligations, except for the facility in Mentor, Ohio as noted below. The table above includes minimum annual rental commitments on operating leases having initial or remaining non-cancelable lease terms of one year or more.
 
On September 9, 2005, we completed the lease financing for a commercial facility (the “Facility”) located in Mentor, Ohio, used primarily for the new headquarters and research center for our roll materials division. The Facility consists generally of land, buildings, equipment and office furnishings. We have leased the Facility under an operating lease arrangement, which contains a residual value guarantee of $33.4 million. We estimate that the residual value of the Facility will not be less than the amount guaranteed.
 
We did not include purchase obligations or open purchase orders at year end 2008 in the table of contractual obligations above, because it is impracticable for us to either obtain such information or provide a reasonable estimate due to the decentralized nature of our purchasing systems.
 
The table above does not reflect unrecognized tax benefits of approximately $23 million, which is the portion that may become payable during 2009. The resolution of the balance is contingent upon various unknown factors, and cannot be reasonably estimated. Refer to Note 11, “Taxes Based on Income” to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information on unrecognized tax benefits.
 
  Legal Proceedings
 
We are a named defendant in purported class actions in the U.S. seeking treble damages and other relief for alleged unlawful competitive practices.
 
The Board of Directors created an ad hoc committee comprised of certain independent directors to oversee the foregoing matters.
 
We are unable to predict the effect of these matters at this time, although the effect could be adverse and material. These and other matters are reported in Note 8, “Contingencies,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
  Environmental Matters
 
We have been designated by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”) and/or other responsible state agencies as a potentially responsible party (“PRP”) at seventeen waste disposal or waste recycling sites, including former Paxar sites, which are the subject of separate investigations or proceedings concerning alleged soil and/or groundwater contamination and for which no settlement of our liability has been agreed upon. We are participating with other PRPs at such sites, and anticipate that our share of cleanup costs will be determined pursuant to remedial agreements to be entered into in the normal course of negotiations with the EPA or other governmental authorities.
 
We have accrued liabilities for these and certain other sites, including sites in which governmental agencies have designated us as a PRP, where it is probable that a loss will be incurred and the cost or amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. However, because of the uncertainties associated with environmental assessment and remediation activities, future expense to remediate the currently identified sites and any sites which could be identified in the future for cleanup could be higher than the liability currently accrued.


35


Table of Contents

Environmental liabilities, which include costs associated with compliance and remediation, were as follows:
 
                 
    December 27,
    December 29,
 
(In millions)   2008     2007  
 
Balance at beginning of year
  $ 37.8     $ 22.9  
Purchase price adjustments related to acquisitions
    24.6       21.5  
Accruals
    .9       2.8  
Payments
    (4.8 )     (9.4 )
                 
Balance at end of year
  $ 58.5     $ 37.8  
                 
 
As of December 27, 2008, approximately $2 million associated with these environmental liabilities is estimated to be paid within the next 12 months.
 
Our estimates could change depending on various factors, such as modification of currently planned remedial actions, changes in remediation technologies, changes in site conditions, a change in the estimated time to complete remediation, changes in laws and regulations affecting remediation requirements and other factors.
 
  Other
 
In 2005, we contacted relevant authorities in the U.S. and reported the results of an internal investigation of potential violations of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act. The transactions at issue were carried out by a small number of employees of our reflective business in China, and involved, among other things, impermissible payments or attempted impermissible payments. The payments or attempted payments and the contracts associated with them appear to have been relatively minor in amount and of limited duration. Corrective and disciplinary actions have been taken. Sales of our reflective business in China in 2005 were approximately $7 million. Based on findings to date, no changes to our previously filed financial statements are warranted as a result of these matters. However, we believe that fines or other penalties could be incurred. While we are unable to predict the financial or operating impact of any such fines or penalties, we believe that our behavior in detecting, investigating, responding to and voluntarily disclosing these matters to authorities should be viewed favorably.
 
In addition, on or about October 10, 2008, we notified relevant authorities that we had discovered questionable payments to certain foreign customs and other regulatory officials by some employees of our recently acquired companies. These payments do not appear to have been made for the purpose of obtaining business from any governmental entity. We are in the process of conducting a review and are taking remedial measures to comply with the provisions of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act.
 
We and our subsidiaries are involved in various other lawsuits, claims and inquiries, most of which are routine to the nature of our business. Based upon current information, we believe that the resolution of these other matters will not materially affect us.
 
We provide for an estimate of costs that may be incurred under our basic limited warranty at the time product revenue is recognized. These costs primarily include materials and labor associated with the service or sale of products. Factors that affect our warranty liability include the number of units installed or sold, historical and anticipated rate of warranty claims on those units, cost per claim to satisfy our warranty obligation and availability of insurance coverage. As these factors are impacted by actual experience and future expectations, we assess the adequacy of the recorded warranty liability and adjust the amounts as necessary.
 
We participate in international receivable financing programs with several financial institutions whereby advances may be requested from these financial institutions. Such advances are guaranteed by us. At December 27, 2008, we had guaranteed approximately $13 million.
 
As of December 27, 2008, we guaranteed up to approximately $22 million of certain of our foreign subsidiaries’ obligations to their suppliers, as well as approximately $556 million of certain of our subsidiaries’ lines of credit with various financial institutions.
 
In the fourth quarter of 2007, we issued $440 million of 7.875% Corporate HiMEDS units, a mandatory convertible debt issue. These HiMEDS units are comprised of two components — purchase contracts obligating the


36


Table of Contents

holders to purchase from us a certain number of shares of our common stock in 2010 ranging from approximately 6.8 million to approximately 8.6 million shares (depending on the quoted price per share of our common stock at that time) and senior notes due in 2020. The net proceeds from the offering were approximately $427 million.
 
In February 2009, we commenced an offer to exchange up to approximately 8.4 million units, or 95%, of our HiMEDS units, stated amount $50.00 per unit, in the form of Corporate HiMEDS units. As the exchange is not mandatory, there is no assurance that the exchange will occur in part or in its entirety. Refer to Note 15, “Subsequent Events,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information.
 
USES AND LIMITATIONS OF NON-GAAP MEASURES
 
We use certain non-GAAP financial measures that exclude the impact of certain events, activities or strategic decisions. The accounting effects of these events, activities or decisions, which are included in the GAAP measures, may make it difficult to assess the underlying performance of the Company in a single period. By excluding certain accounting effects, both positive and negative (e.g. gains on sales of assets, restructuring charges, asset impairments, etc.), from certain of our GAAP measures, management believes that it is providing meaningful supplemental information to facilitate an understanding of the Company’s “core” or “underlying” operating results. These non-GAAP measures are used internally to evaluate trends in our underlying business, as well as to facilitate comparison to the results of competitors for a single period.
 
Limitations associated with the use of our non-GAAP measures include (1) the exclusion of foreign currency translation and the impact of acquisitions and divestitures from the calculation of organic sales growth; (2) the exclusion of mandatory debt service requirements, as well as the exclusion of other uses of the cash generated by operating activities that do not directly or immediately support the underlying business (such as discretionary debt reductions, dividends, share repurchases, acquisitions, etc.) for calculation of free cash flow; and (3) the exclusion of cash and cash equivalents, short-term debt, deferred taxes, and other current assets and other current liabilities, as well as current assets and current liabilities of held-for-sale businesses, for the calculation of operational working capital. While some of the items the Company excludes from GAAP measures recur, these items tend to be disparate in amount and timing. Based upon feedback from investors and financial analysts, we believe that supplemental non-GAAP measures provide information that is useful to the assessment of the Company’s performance and operating trends.
 
RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
From time to time, we enter into transactions in the normal course of business with related parties. We believe that such transactions are at arm’s length and for terms that would have been obtained from unaffiliated third parties.
 
One of our directors, Peter W. Mullin is the chairman, chief executive officer and a director of MC Insurance Services, Inc. (“MC”), Mullin Insurance Services, Inc. (“MINC”), and PWM Insurance Services, Inc. (“PWM”), executive compensation and benefit consultants and insurance agents. Mr. Mullin is also the majority stockholder of MC, MINC and PWM (collectively referred to as the “Mullin Companies”). In October 2008, the Mullin Companies’ executive benefit and insurance agency related entities (MC Insurance Agency Service, LLC, — “MCIA,” MullinTBG Insurance Agency Services, LLC — “MullinTBG,” and MullinTBG Advisory Services, LLC — “MullinTBG Advisors”) were sold to Prudential Financial (“Prudential”). We paid premiums to insurance carriers for life insurance placed by the Mullin Companies in connection with various of our employee benefit plans. The Mullin Companies and Prudential have advised us that they earned commissions from such insurance carriers for the placement and renewal of this insurance. Approximately 50% of these commissions were allocated to and used by MullinTBG (a previous affiliate of MC and now a wholly-owned affiliate of Prudential) to administer benefit plans and provide benefit statement information to participants under various of our employee benefit plans. During 2008, MullinTBG Advisors provided financial advisory services to participants in certain of our employee benefit plans. The Mullin Companies own a minority interest in M Financial Holdings, Inc. (“MFH”). Substantially all of the life insurance policies, which we placed through the Mullin Companies in 2008 and prior years, are issued by insurance carriers that participate in reinsurance agreements entered into between these insurance carriers and M Life Insurance Company (“M Life”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of MFH. Reinsurance returns earned by M Life are determined annually by the insurance carriers and can be negative or positive, depending upon the results of M


37


Table of Contents

Life’s aggregate reinsurance pool, which consists of the insured lives reinsured by M Life. The Mullin Companies have advised us that they participated in net reinsurance gains of M Life. In addition, the Mullin Companies have advised us that they also participated in net reinsurance gains of M Life that are subject to risk of forfeiture. None of these transactions were significant to our financial position or results of operations.
 
Summary of Related Party Activity:
 
                         
(In millions)   2008     2007     2006  
 
Mullin Companies and Prudential commissions on our insurance premiums and advisory fees
  $ .6     $ .4     $ .5  
Mr. Mullin’s direct & indirect interest in these commissions and fees
    .3       .3       .4  
                         
Mullin Companies reinsurance gains (without risk of forfeiture) ascribed by M Life to our life insurance policies
    .2       .2       .3  
Mr. Mullin’s direct & indirect interest in reinsurance gains (without risk of forfeiture)
    .1       .1       .2  
                         
Mullin Companies reinsurance gains (subject to risk of forfeiture) ascribed by M Life to our life insurance policies
    .05       .8       .6  
Mr. Mullin’s direct & indirect interest in reinsurance gains (subject to risk of forfeiture)
    .04       .5       .4  
                         
 
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES
 
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions for the reporting period and as of the financial statement date. These estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent liabilities and the reported amounts of revenue and expense. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
Critical accounting policies are those that are important to the portrayal of our financial condition and results, and which require us to make difficult, subjective and/or complex judgments. Critical accounting policies cover accounting matters that are inherently uncertain because the future resolution of such matters is unknown. We believe that critical accounting policies include accounting for revenue recognition, sales returns and allowances, accounts receivable allowances, inventory and inventory reserves, long-lived asset impairments, goodwill, pension and postretirement benefits, income taxes, stock-based compensation, restructuring and severance costs, litigation and environmental matters, and business combinations.
 
Revenue Recognition
 
Sales are recognized when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, pricing is determinable, and collection is reasonably assured. Furthermore, sales, provisions for estimated returns, and the cost of products sold are recorded at the time title transfers to customers and when the customers assume the risks and rewards of ownership. Sales terms are generally f.o.b. (free on board) shipping point or f.o.b. destination, depending upon local business customs. For most regions in which we operate, f.o.b. shipping point terms are utilized and sales are recorded at the time of shipment, because this is when title and risk of loss are transferred. In certain regions, notably in Europe, f.o.b. destination terms are generally utilized and sales are recorded when the products are delivered to the customer’s delivery site, because this is when title and risk of loss are transferred. Actual product returns are charged against estimated sales return allowances.
 
Sales rebates and discounts are common practice in the industries in which we operate. Volume, promotional, price, cash and other discounts and customer incentives are accounted for as a reduction to gross sales. Rebates and discounts are recorded based upon estimates at the time products are sold. These estimates are based upon historical experience for similar programs and products. We review such rebates and discounts on an ongoing basis and accruals for rebates and discounts are adjusted, if necessary, as additional information becomes available.


38


Table of Contents

Sales Returns and Allowances
 
Sales returns and allowances represent credits we grant to our customers (both affiliated and non-affiliated) for the return of unsatisfactory product or a negotiated allowance in lieu of return. We accrue for returns and allowances based upon the gross price of the products sold and historical experience for such products. We record these allowances based on the following factors: (i) customer specific allowances; and (ii) an estimated amount, based on our historical experience, for issues not yet identified.
 
Accounts Receivable Allowances
 
We are required to make judgments as to the collectibility of accounts receivable based on established aging policy, historical experience and future expectations. The allowances for doubtful accounts represent allowances for customer trade accounts receivable that are estimated to be partially or entirely uncollectible. These allowances are used to reduce gross trade receivables to their net realizable value. We record these allowances based on estimates related to the following factors: (i) customer specific allowances; (ii) amounts based upon an aging schedule; and (iii) an estimated amount, based on our historical experience, for issues not yet identified. No single customer represented 10% or more of our net sales or trade receivables at year end 2008 and 2007. However, our ten largest customers at year end 2008 represented approximately 13% of trade accounts receivable and consisted of five customers of our Office and Consumer Products segment, four customers of our Pressure-sensitive Materials segment and one customer of both these segments. The financial position and operations of these customers are monitored on an ongoing basis.
 
Inventory and Inventory Reserves
 
Inventories are stated at the lower-of-cost-or-market value and are categorized as raw materials, work-in-progress or finished goods. Cost is determined using the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) method. Inventory reserves are recorded for matters such as damaged, obsolete, excess and slow-moving inventory. We use estimates to record these reserves. Slow-moving inventory is reviewed by category and may be partially or fully reserved for depending on the type of product and the length of time the product has been included in inventory.
 
Long-lived Asset Impairments
 
We record impairment charges when the carrying amounts of long-lived assets are determined not to be recoverable. Impairment is measured by assessing the usefulness of an asset or by comparing the carrying value of an asset to its fair value. Fair value is typically determined using quoted market prices, if available, or an estimate of undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition. The key estimates applied when preparing cash flow projections relate to revenues, gross margins, economic life of assets, overheads, taxation and discount rates. The amount of impairment loss is calculated as the excess of the carrying value over the fair value. Changes in market conditions and management strategy have historically caused us to reassess the carrying amount of our long-lived assets.
 
Goodwill
 
Our reporting units for the purpose of performing the impairment tests for goodwill consist of roll materials; retail information services; office and consumer products; graphics and reflective products; industrial products; and business media. For the purpose of performing the required impairment tests, we primarily apply a present value (discounted cash flow) method to determine the fair value of the reporting units with goodwill. We perform our annual impairment test of goodwill during the fourth quarter.
 
Our reporting units are composed of either a discrete business or an aggregation of businesses with similar economic characteristics. Certain factors may result in the need to perform an impairment test prior to the fourth quarter, including significant underperformance of our business relative to expected operating results, significant adverse economic and industry trends, significant decline in our market capitalization for an extended period of time relative to net book value, and a decision to divest an individual business within a reporting unit.


39


Table of Contents

Goodwill impairment is determined using a two-step process. The first step is to identify if a potential impairment exists by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill of the reporting unit is not considered to have a potential impairment and the second step of the impairment is not necessary. However, if the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second step is performed to determine if goodwill is impaired and to measure the amount of impairment loss to recognize, if any.
 
The second step, if necessary, compares the implied fair value of goodwill with the carrying amount of goodwill. If the implied fair value of goodwill exceeds the carrying amount, then goodwill is not considered impaired. However, if the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds the implied fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess.
 
We estimate the fair value of our reporting units, using various valuation techniques, with the primary technique being a discounted cash flow analysis. A discounted cash flow analysis requires us to make various judgmental assumptions about sales, operating margins, growth rates and discount rates. Assumptions about discount rates are based on a weighted-average cost of capital for comparable companies. Assumptions about sales, operating margins, and growth rates are based on our forecasts, business plans, economic projections, anticipated future cash flows and marketplace data. Assumptions are also made for varying perpetual growth rates for periods beyond the long-term business plan period. Because of the increased uncertainty resulting from worsening global economic conditions, our revenue projections generally assumed reductions in 2009 and a period of recovery beginning in 2010.
 
Our first step impairment analysis for 2008 indicated that the fair value of each of our reporting units exceeded its carrying value. The fair values of our reporting units, except for the retail information services reporting unit, exceeded the carrying amount by more than 100% of the respective reporting unit’s book value of goodwill at December 27, 2008. The fair value of our retail information services reporting unit exceeded its carrying value by approximately 5% of its book value of goodwill at December 27, 2008 (approximately $1.2 billion).
 
In evaluating the fair value of our retail information services reporting unit, we assumed revenue declines for 2009 from 2008 reflecting a continuation of weakness in the retail apparel markets. We then assumed revenue in 2010 increased to levels comparable with fiscal year 2007 (including estimated sales for Paxar and DM Label, adjusted for foreign currency translation). We also assumed a discount rate of 11.8% and a perpetual growth rate of 3% reflecting the market conditions in the fourth quarter of 2008.
 
The retail information services business is seasonal, with higher volume in the second quarter. We may need to perform an impairment test in the second quarter of 2009 if revenues or results for this reporting unit during the first and second quarters of 2009 are below our estimates, the perpetual growth rate is decreased below 2.7%, the discount rate increases above 12%, or other key assumptions used in our fair value calculations in the fourth quarter of 2008 change.
 
Pension and Postretirement Benefits
 
Effective December 2006, we adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans, an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106, and 132(R).” Assumptions used in determining projected benefit obligations and the fair value of plan assets for our pension plan and other postretirement benefit plans are evaluated by management in consultation with outside actuaries. In the event we determine that changes are warranted in the assumptions used, such as the discount rate, expected long-term rate of return, or health care costs, future pension and postretirement benefit expenses could increase or decrease. Due to changing market conditions or changes in the participant population, the actuarial assumptions we use may differ from actual results, which could have a significant impact on our pension and postretirement liability and related cost.
 
Discount Rate
 
We, in consultation with our actuaries, annually review and determine the discount rates to be used in connection with our postretirement obligations. The assumed discount rate for each pension plan reflects market


40


Table of Contents

rates for high quality corporate bonds currently available. In the U.S., our discount rate is determined by evaluating several yield curves consisting of large populations of high quality corporate bonds. The projected pension benefit payment streams are then matched with the bond portfolios to determine a rate that reflects the liability duration unique to our plans.
 
Long-term Return on Assets
 
We determine the long-term rate of return assumption for plan assets by reviewing the historical and expected returns of both the equity and fixed income markets, taking into consideration that assets with higher volatility typically generate a greater return over the long run. Additionally, current market conditions, such as interest rates, are evaluated and peer data is reviewed to check for reasonability and appropriateness.
 
Healthcare Cost Trend Rate
 
Our practice is to fund the cost of postretirement benefits on a cash basis. For measurement purposes, a 7% annual rate of increase in the per capita cost of covered health care benefits was assumed for 2009. This rate is expected to decrease to approximately 5% by 2011.
 
Income Taxes
 
Deferred tax assets and liabilities reflect temporary differences between the amount of assets and liabilities for financial and tax reporting purposes. Such amounts are adjusted, as appropriate, to reflect changes in tax rates expected to be in effect when the temporary differences reverse. A valuation allowance is recorded to reduce our deferred tax assets to the amount that is more likely than not to be realized. Changes in tax laws or accounting standards and methods may affect recorded deferred taxes in future periods.
 
Income taxes have not been provided on certain undistributed earnings of international subsidiaries because such earnings are considered to be indefinitely reinvested.
 
Pursuant to SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes,” when establishing a valuation allowance, we consider future sources of taxable income such as “future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, future taxable income exclusive of reversing temporary differences and carryforwards” and “tax planning strategies.” SFAS No. 109 defines a tax planning strategy as “an action that: is prudent and feasible; an enterprise ordinarily might not take, but would take to prevent an operating loss or tax credit carryforward from expiring unused; and would result in realization of deferred tax assets.” In the event we determine the deferred tax assets will not be realized in the future, the valuation adjustment to the deferred tax assets will be charged to earnings in the period in which we make such a determination. We have also acquired certain net deferred tax assets with existing valuation allowances. If it is later determined that it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will be realized, we will release the valuation allowance to current earnings or adjust the purchase price allocation.
 
We calculate our current and deferred tax provision based on estimates and assumptions that could differ from the actual results reflected in income tax returns filed in subsequent years. Adjustments based on filed returns are recorded when identified.
 
The amount of income taxes we pay is subject to ongoing audits by federal, state and foreign tax authorities. Our estimate of the potential outcome of any uncertain tax issue is subject to management’s assessment of relevant risks, facts, and circumstances existing at that time, pursuant to FASB Interpretation No. 48 (“FIN 48”), “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes — an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109.” FIN 48 requires a more-likely-than-not threshold for financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. We record a liability for the difference between the benefit recognized and measured pursuant to FIN 48 and tax position taken or expected to be taken on our tax return. To the extent that our assessment of such tax positions changes, the change in estimate is recorded in the period in which the determination is made. We report tax-related interest and penalties as a component of income tax expense.
 
We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood that there will be a material change in the tax related balances or valuation allowance balances. However, due to the complexity of some of these uncertainties, the ultimate resolution may be materially different from the current estimate.


41


Table of Contents

Stock-Based Compensation
 
We recognize expense for stock-based compensation in accordance with the provisions of the SFAS No. 123(R), “Share-Based Payment.”
 
Valuation of Stock Options
 
Our stock-based compensation expense is the estimated fair value of options granted, amortized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period. The fair value of each of our stock option awards is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. This model requires input assumptions for our expected dividend yield, expected volatility, risk-free interest rate and the expected life of the options.
 
Expected dividend yield was based on the current annual dividend divided by the 12-month average of our monthly stock price prior to grant.
 
Expected volatility for options was determined based on an average of implied and historical volatility.
 
Risk-free rate was based on the average of the 52-week average of the Treasury-Bond rate that has a term corresponding to the expected option term.
 
Expected term was determined based on historical experience under our stock option plans.
 
Forfeiture rate assumption was determined based on historical data of our stock option forfeitures.
 
Certain of the assumptions used above are based on management’s estimates. As such, if factors change and such factors require us to change our assumptions and estimates, our stock-based compensation expense could be significantly different in the future.
 
We have not capitalized costs associated with stock-based compensation.
 
Accounting for Income Taxes for Stock-based Compensation
 
We elected to use the short-cut method to calculate the historical pool of windfall tax benefits related to employee stock-based compensation awards. In addition, we elected to follow the tax ordering laws to determine the sequence in which deductions and net operating loss carryforwards are utilized, as well as the direct-only approach to calculating the amount of windfall or shortfall tax benefits.
 
Restructuring and Severance Costs
 
We account for restructuring costs including severance and other costs associated with exit or disposal activities following the guidance provided in SFAS No. 112, “Accounting for Postemployment Benefits,” and SFAS No. 146, “Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities.” In the U.S., we have a severance pay plan (“Pay Plan”), which provides eligible employees with severance payments in the event of an involuntary termination due to qualifying cost reduction actions. We calculate severance pay using the severance benefit formula under the Pay Plan. Accordingly, we record provisions for such amounts and other related exit costs when they are probable and estimable as set forth under SFAS No. 112. In the absence of a Pay Plan or established local practices for overseas jurisdictions, liability for severance and other employee-related costs is recognized when the liability is incurred, following the guidance of SFAS No. 146.
 
Litigation and Environmental Matters
 
We are currently involved in various lawsuits, claims and inquiries, most of which are routine to the nature of our business. In accordance with SFAS No. 5, “Accounting for Contingencies,” when it is probable that obligations have been incurred and where a range of the cost of compliance or remediation can be estimated, the best estimate within the range, or if the most likely amount cannot be determined, the low end of the range is accrued. The ultimate resolution of these claims could affect future results of operations should our exposure be materially different from our earlier estimates or should liabilities be incurred that were not previously accrued.


42


Table of Contents

Environmental expenditures are generally expensed. However, environmental expenditures for newly acquired assets and those which extend or improve the economic useful life of existing assets are capitalized and amortized over the remaining asset life. We review each reporting period our estimates of costs of compliance with environmental laws related to remediation and cleanup of various sites, including sites in which governmental agencies have designated us a potentially responsible party. When it is probable that obligations have been incurred and where a range of the cost of compliance or remediation can be estimated, the best estimate within the range is accrued. When the best estimate within the range cannot be determined, the low end of the range is accrued. Potential insurance reimbursements are not offset against potential liabilities, and such liabilities are not discounted.
 
Business Combinations
 
We account for business combinations using the accounting requirements of SFAS No. 141, “Business Combinations.” In accordance with SFAS No. 141, we record the assets acquired and liabilities assumed from acquired businesses at fair value, and we make estimates and assumptions to determine such fair values.
 
We utilize a variety of assumptions and estimates that are believed to be reasonable in determining fair value for assets acquired and liabilities assumed. These assumptions and estimates include discounted cash flow analysis, growth rates, discount rates, current replacement cost for similar capacity for certain assets, market rate assumptions for certain obligations and certain potential costs of compliance with environmental laws related to remediation and cleanup of acquired properties. We also utilize information obtained from management of the acquired businesses and our own historical experience from previous acquisitions.
 
We apply significant assumptions and estimates in determining certain intangible assets resulting from the acquisitions (such as customer relationships, patents and other acquired technology, and trademarks and trade names and related applicable useful lives), property, plant and equipment, receivables, inventories, investments, tax accounts, environmental liabilities, stock option awards, lease commitments and restructuring and integration costs. Unanticipated events and circumstances may occur, which may affect the accuracy or validity of such assumptions, estimates or actual results. As such, increases to estimates are recorded as an adjustment to goodwill during the purchase price allocation period (generally within one year of the acquisition date) and as operating expenses thereafter.
 
Effective January 2009, we will adopt SFAS No. 141(R), “Business Combinations.” We are currently evaluating the impact of this Statement on our financial results of operations and financial position.
 
RECENT ACCOUNTING REQUIREMENTS
 
During 2008, we adopted certain accounting and financial disclosure requirements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”), Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) and Financial Interpretations by the staff of the FASB, none of which had a significant impact on our financial results of operations and financial position. Refer to Note 1, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements for more information.
 
SAFE HARBOR STATEMENT
 
The matters discussed in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and other sections of this Annual Report contain “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These statements, which are not statements of historical fact, may contain estimates, assumptions, projections and/or expectations regarding future events, which may or may not occur. Words such as “aim,” “anticipate,” “assume,” “believe,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “guidance,” “intend,” “may,” “might,” “objective,” “plan,” “potential,” “project,” “seek,” “shall,” “should,” “target,” “will,” “would,” or variations thereof and other expressions, which refer to future events and trends, identify forward-looking statements. Such forward-looking statements, and financial or other business targets, are subject to certain risks and uncertainties, which could cause actual results to differ materially from expected results, performance or achievements of the Company expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements.


43


Table of Contents

Certain of such risks and uncertainties are discussed in more detail in Part I, Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 27, 2008, and include, but are not limited to, risks and uncertainties relating to investment in development activities and new production facilities; fluctuations in cost and availability of raw materials; ability of the Company to achieve and sustain targeted cost reductions; ability of the Company to generate sustained productivity improvement; successful integration of acquisitions; successful implementation of new manufacturing technologies and installation of manufacturing equipment; the financial condition and inventory strategies of customers; customer and supplier concentrations; changes in customer order patterns; loss of significant contract(s) or customer(s); timely development and market acceptance of new products; fluctuations in demand by retailers and other customers for our products; impact of competitive products and pricing; selling prices; possible increases in per unit product manufacturing costs due to less than full utilization of manufacturing capacity as a result of changing economic conditions and other factors; possible increases in payment time for receivables as a result of changing economic conditions or other factors; business mix shift; volatility of capital and credit markets; credit risks; ability of the Company to obtain adequate financing arrangements and to maintain access to capital; fluctuations in interest rates; fluctuations in pension, insurance and employee benefit costs; impact of legal proceedings, including a previous government investigation into industry competitive practices, and any related proceedings or lawsuits pertaining thereto or to the subject matter thereof related to the concluded investigation by the U.S. Department of Justice (“DOJ”) (including purported class actions seeking treble damages for alleged unlawful competitive practices, which were filed after the announcement of the DOJ investigation), as well as the impact of potential violations of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act; changes in governmental regulations; changes in political conditions; fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates and other risks associated with foreign operations; worldwide and local economic conditions; impact of epidemiological events on the economy and the Company’s customers and suppliers; acts of war, terrorism, natural disasters; and other factors.
 
The Company believes that the most significant risk factors that could affect its financial performance in the near-term include (1) the impact of economic conditions on underlying demand for the Company’s products; (2) the impact of competitors’ actions, including pricing, expansion in key markets, and product offerings; (3) the degree to which higher costs can be offset with productivity measures and/or passed on to customers through selling price increases, without a significant loss of volume; (4) potential adverse developments in legal proceedings and/or investigations, including possible fines, penalties, judgments or settlements; and (5) the ability of the Company to achieve and sustain targeted cost reductions.
 
The Company’s forward-looking statements represent judgment only on the dates such statements were made. By making such forward-looking statements, the Company assumes no duty to update them to reflect new, changed or unanticipated events or circumstances, other than as may be required by law.
 
Item 7A.   QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
 
Risk Management
 
We are exposed to the impact of changes in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates.
 
Our policy is not to purchase or hold foreign currency, interest rate or commodity contracts for trading purposes.
 
Our objective in managing the exposure to foreign currency changes is to reduce the risk to our earnings and cash flow associated with foreign exchange rate changes. As a result, we enter into foreign exchange forward, option and swap contracts to reduce risks associated with the value of our existing foreign currency assets, liabilities, firm commitments and anticipated foreign revenues and costs, when available and appropriate. The gains and losses on these contracts are intended to offset changes in the related exposures. We do not hedge our foreign currency exposure in a manner that would entirely eliminate the effects of changes in foreign exchange rates on our consolidated net income.
 
Our objective in managing our exposure to interest rate changes is to reduce the impact of interest rate changes on earnings and cash flows. To achieve our objectives, we may periodically use interest rate contracts to manage the exposure to interest rate changes related to our borrowings. In June 2007 and August 2007, we entered into certain interest rate option contracts to hedge our exposure related to interest rate increases in connection with our


44


Table of Contents

anticipated long-term debt issuances. Such debt issuances were intended to replace the short-term borrowings initially used to finance the Paxar acquisition and to support the refinancing of our current long-term debt maturities. In connection with these transactions, we paid $11.5 million as option premiums, of which $4.8 million was recognized during 2007 as a cash flow hedge loss in the Consolidated Statement of Income and $6.7 million is being amortized over the life of the related forecasted hedged transactions.
 
Additionally, we enter into certain natural gas futures contracts to reduce the risks associated with anticipated domestic natural gas used in manufacturing and operations. These amounts are not material to our financial statements.
 
In the normal course of operations, we also face other risks that are either nonfinancial or nonquantifiable. Such risks principally include changes in economic or political conditions, other risks associated with foreign operations, commodity price risk and litigation risk, which are not represented in the analyses that follow.
 
Foreign Exchange Value-At-Risk
 
We use a Value-At-Risk (“VAR”) model to determine the estimated maximum potential one-day loss in earnings associated with both our foreign exchange positions and contracts. This approach assumes that market rates or prices for foreign exchange positions and contracts are normally distributed. The VAR model estimates were made assuming normal market conditions. Firm commitments, accounts receivable and accounts payable denominated in foreign currencies, which certain of these instruments are intended to hedge, were included in the model. Forecasted transactions, which certain of these instruments are intended to hedge, were excluded from the model. The VAR was estimated using a variance-covariance methodology based on historical volatility for each currency. The volatility and correlation used in the calculation were based on two-year historical data obtained from one of our domestic banks. A 95% confidence level was used for a one-day time horizon.
 
The VAR model is a risk analysis tool and does not purport to represent actual losses in fair value that could be incurred by us, nor does it consider the potential effect of favorable changes in market factors.
 
The estimated maximum potential one-day loss in earnings for our foreign exchange positions and contracts was approximately $1.7 million at year end 2008.
 
Interest Rate Sensitivity
 
An assumed 30 basis point move in interest rates (10% of our weighted-average interest rate on floating rate debt) affecting our variable-rate borrowings would have had an estimated $4 million effect on our 2008 earnings.
 
Item 8.   FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
 
The information called for by this item is contained in the Company’s 2008 Annual Report to Shareholders on pages 39 through 74 (including the Consolidated Financial Statements and the Notes thereto appearing on pages 39 through 72, Statement of Management Responsibility for Financial Statements and Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting on page 73, and the Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on page 74) and is incorporated herein by reference.
 
Item 9.   CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
 
None.
 
Item 9A.   CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
 
Disclosure Controls and Procedures.  As of the end of the period covered by this report, the Company carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of its management, including the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) or 15d-15(e) of the Exchange Act). Based upon that evaluation, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that the Company’s


45


Table of Contents

disclosure controls and procedures are effective to provide reasonable assurance that information is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
 
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.  Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) or 15d-15(f) of the Exchange Act). Under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, the Company conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting based upon the framework in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on that evaluation, the Company’s management concluded that its internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 27, 2008. (See Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting on page 73 in the Company’s 2008 Annual Report to Shareholders.)
 
Management’s assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 27, 2008, has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on page 74 in the Company’s 2008 Annual Report to Shareholders, and is incorporated herein by reference. Management has excluded DM Label from its assessment of internal control over financial reporting as of December 27, 2008 because it was acquired by the Company in a purchase business combination during 2008. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP has also excluded DM Label from their audit of internal control over financial reporting. DM Label is a wholly-owned subsidiary whose total assets and total revenues represent 3 percent and less than 1 percent, respectively, of the related consolidated financial statement amounts for the Company as of and for the year ended December 27, 2008.
 
Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting.  There have been no changes in the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting during the most recent fiscal quarter that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting.
 
Item 9B.   OTHER INFORMATION
 
None.


46


Table of Contents

 
PART III
 
Item 10.   DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
 
The information concerning directors called for by this item is incorporated by reference in the 2009 Proxy Statement, filed with the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days of the end of the fiscal year covered by this report. Information concerning executive officers called for by this item appears in Part I of this report. The information concerning any late filings under Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, is incorporated by reference in the 2009 Proxy Statement.
 
We have adopted a Code of Ethics (the “Code”). The Code applies to our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Corporate Vice President, Global Finance, and Corporate Controller. Our Code is available on the Company’s Web site, www.averydennison.com, in the “Investors” section. We will satisfy disclosure requirements under Item 5.05 of Form 8-K regarding any amendment to, or waiver from, any provision of the Code that applies to these officers disclosing the nature of such amendment or waiver on our Web site or in a current report on Form 8-K. Our Code of Ethics and Business Conduct, which applies to our directors and employees, is also available on our Web site in the “Investors” section. The Company’s Web site address provided above is not intended to function as a hyperlink, and the contents of the Web site are not a part of this Form 10-K, nor are they incorporated by reference herein.
 
Item 11.   EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
Item 12.   SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
 
Item 13.   CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
 
Item 14.   PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES
 
The information called for by Items 11, 12, 13 and 14 is incorporated by reference in the 2009 Proxy Statement, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days of the end of the fiscal year covered by this report.


47


Table of Contents

 
PART IV
 
Item 15.   EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
 
  (a)   Financial Statements, Financial Statement Schedule and Exhibits
 
(1) (2) Financial statements and financial statement schedule filed as part of this report are listed in the accompanying Index to Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedule.
 
(3) Exhibits filed as a part of this report are listed in the Exhibit Index, which follows the financial statements and schedules referred to above. Each management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be filed as an exhibit to this Form 10-K pursuant to Item 15(c) is identified in the Exhibit Index.
 
(b) Those Exhibits and the Index thereto, required to be filed by Item 601 of Regulation S-K, are attached hereto.
 
(c) Those financial statement schedules required by Regulation S-X, which are excluded from the Company’s 2008 Annual Report by Rule 14a-3(b)(1) and which are required to be filed as a financial statement schedule to this report, are indicated in the accompanying Index to Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedule.


48


Table of Contents

 
SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
 
Avery Dennison Corporation
 
  By 
/s/             Daniel R. O’Bryant
Daniel R. O’Bryant
Executive Vice President, Finance and
Chief Financial Officer
 
Dated: February 25, 2009
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and as of the dates indicated.
 
             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
         
/s/  Dean A. Scarborough

Dean A. Scarborough
  President and Chief Executive Officer, Director   February 25, 2009
         
/s/  Daniel R. O’Bryant

Daniel R. O’Bryant
  Executive Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)
  February 25, 2009
         
/s/  Mitchell R. Butier

Mitchell R. Butier
  Corporate Vice President, Global Finance, and Chief Accounting Officer
(Principal Accounting Officer)
  February 25, 2009
         
/s/  Peter K. Barker

Peter K. Barker
  Director   February 25, 2009
         
/s/  Rolf Börjesson

Rolf Börjesson
  Director   February 25, 2009
         
/s/  John T. Cardis

John T. Cardis
  Director   February 25, 2009
         
/s/  Richard M. Ferry

Richard M. Ferry
  Director   February 25, 2009
         
/s/  Ken C. Hicks

Ken C. Hicks
  Director   February 25, 2009
         
/s/  Kent Kresa

Kent Kresa
  Chairman, Director   February 25, 2009
         
/s/  Peter W. Mullin

Peter W. Mullin
  Director   February 25, 2009


49


Table of Contents

             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
         
/s/  David E. I. Pyott

David E. I. Pyott
  Director   February 25, 2009
         
/s/  Patrick T. Siewert

Patrick T. Siewert
  Director   February 25, 2009
         
/s/  Julia A. Stewart

Julia A. Stewart
  Director   February 25, 2009


50


Table of Contents

AVERY DENNISON CORPORATION
 
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND FINANCIAL
 
STATEMENT SCHEDULE
 
                 
    Reference (page)  
        Annual
 
    Form 10-K
  Report to
 
    Annual Report   Shareholders  
 
Data incorporated by reference from the attached portions of the 2008 Annual Report to Shareholders of Avery Dennison Corporation:
               
Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 27, 2008 and December 29, 2007
          39  
Consolidated Statement of Income for 2008, 2007 and 2006
          40  
Consolidated Statement of Shareholders’ Equity for 2008, 2007 and 2006
          41  
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for 2008, 2007 and 2006
          42  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
          43-72  
Statement of Management Responsibility for Financial Statements and Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
          73  
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
          74  
 
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of majority-owned subsidiaries. Investments in certain affiliates (20 percent to 50 percent) are accounted for by the equity method of accounting. Investments representing less than 20 percent are accounted for using the cost method of accounting.
 
With the exception of the Consolidated Financial Statements, Statement of Management Responsibility for Financial Statements and Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting and the Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm thereon listed in the above index, and certain information referred to in Items 1, 5 and 6, which information is included in the Company’s 2008 Annual Report to Shareholders and is incorporated herein by reference, the Company’s 2008 Annual Report to Shareholders is not to be deemed “filed” as part of this report.
 
                 
        Annual
    Form 10-K
  Report to
    Annual Report   Shareholders
 
Data submitted herewith:
               
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Financial Statement Schedule
    S-2        
Schedule II — Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves
    S-3        
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
    S-4        
 
All other schedules are omitted since the required information is not present or is not present in amounts sufficient to require submission of the schedule, or because the information required is included in the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto.


S-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
ON FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE
 
To the Board of Directors
of Avery Dennison Corporation:
 
Our audits of the consolidated financial statements and of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting referred to in our report dated February 25, 2009 appearing in the 2008 Annual Report to Shareholders of Avery Dennison Corporation (which report and consolidated financial statements are incorporated by reference in this Annual Report on Form 10-K) also included an audit of the financial statement schedule listed in Item 15(a)(2) of this Form 10-K. In our opinion, this financial statement schedule presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements.
 
/s/  Pricewaterhousecoopers LLP
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
 
Los Angeles, California
February 25, 2009


S-2


Table of Contents

SCHEDULE II — VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS AND RESERVES
 
(In millions)
 
                                         
          Additions              
    Balance at
    Charged to
                Balance
 
    Beginning
    Costs and
    From
    Deductions
    at End
 
    of Year     Expenses     Acquisitions     From Reserves     of Year  
 
2008
                                       
Allowance for doubtful accounts
  $ 45.8     $ 11.0     $ .4     $ (15.4 )   $ 41.8  
Allowance for sales returns
    18.4       7.6       1.3       (11.8 )     15.5  
Inventory reserve
    77.3       21.2       4.0       (37.9 )     64.6  
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets
    159.2       (45.3 )     9.6       (2.7 )     120.8  
2007
                                       
Allowance for doubtful accounts
  $ 36.4     $ 2.0     $ 11.5     $ (4.1 )   $ 45.8  
Allowance for sales returns
    22.5       17.3             (21.4 )     18.4  
Inventory reserve
    44.4       19.5       36.0       (22.6 )     77.3  
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets
    67.5       59.9       34.9       (3.1 )     159.2  
2006
                                       
Allowance for doubtful accounts
  $ 40.2     $ 9.5     $     $ (13.3 )   $ 36.4  
Allowance for sales returns
    21.4       23.2             (22.1 )     22.5  
Inventory reserve
    54.1       19.4             (29.1 )     44.4  
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets
    53.2       (5.2 )           19.5       67.5  


S-3


Table of Contents

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-3 (File Nos. 333-38905, 333-64558, 333-103204, 333-120239 and 333-147369) and Form S-8 (File Nos. 33-54411, 33-58921, 33-63979, 333-38707, 333-38709, 333-107370, 33-107371, 333-107372, 333-109814, 333-124495, 333-143897 and 333-152508) of Avery Dennison Corporation of our report dated February 25, 2009 relating to the financial statements and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appears in the Annual Report to Shareholders, which is incorporated in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We also consent to the incorporation by reference of our report dated February 25, 2009 relating to the financial statement schedule, which appears in this Form 10-K.
 
/s/  PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
 
Los Angeles, California
February 25, 2009


S-4


Table of Contents

AVERY DENNISON CORPORATION
 
 
EXHIBIT INDEX
For the Year Ended December 27, 2008
 
INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE:
 
                     
        Originally
   
Exhibit
      Filed as
   
No.
 
Item
 
Exhibit No.
 
Document(1)
 
                     
  (2 .1)   Agreement and Plan of Merger (with Paxar Corporation), dated March 22, 2007     2 .1   Current Report on Form 8-K, filed March 23, 2007
                     
  (3 .1)   Restated Certificate of Incorporation, filed August 2, 2002 with the Office of Delaware Secretary of State     3 (i)   Third Quarterly report for 2002 on Form 10-Q, filed November 12, 2002
                     
  (3 .2)   By-laws, as amended     3 .2.1   Current Report on Form 8-K, filed July 30, 2007
                     
  (4 .2)   Indenture, dated as of March 15, 1991, between Registrant and Security Pacific National Bank, as Trustee (the “Indenture”)           Registration Statement on Form S-3 (File No. 33-39491), filed March 19, 1991
                     
  (4 .2.2)   First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 16, 1993, between Registrant and BankAmerica National Trust Company, as successor Trustee (the “Supplemental Indenture”)     4 .4   Registration Statement on Form S-3 (File No. 33-59642), filed March 17, 1993
                     
  (4 .2.5)   Officers’ Certificate establishing a series of Securities entitled “Medium-Term Notes, Series C” under the Indenture, as amended by the Supplemental Indenture     4 .7   Current Report on Form 8-K, filed May 12, 1995
                     
  (4 .2.6)   Officers’ Certificate establishing a series of Securities entitled “Medium-Term Notes, Series D” under the Indenture, as amended by the Supplemental Indenture     4 .8   Current Report on Form 8-K, filed December 16, 1996
                     
  (4 .3)   Indenture, dated July 3, 2001, between Registrant and J.P.Morgan Trust Company, National Association (successor to Chase Manhattan Bank and Trust Company, National Association), as trustee (“2001 Indenture”)     4 .1   Registration Statement on Form S-3 (File No. 333-64558), filed July 3, 2001
                     
  (4 .3.1)   Officers’ Certificate establishing two series of Securities entitled “4.875% Notes due 2013” and “6.000% Notes due 2033”, respectively, each under the 2001 Indenture     4 .2   Current Report on Form 8-K, filed January 16, 2003
                     
  (4 .3.2)   4.875% Notes Due 2013     4 .3   Current Report on Form 8-K, filed January 16, 2003
                     
  (4 .3.3)   6.000% Notes Due 2033     4 .4   Current Report on Form 8-K, filed January 16, 2003


i


Table of Contents

                     
        Originally
   
Exhibit
      Filed as
   
No.
 
Item
 
Exhibit No.
 
Document(1)
 
                     
  (4 .5)   Indenture, dated as of September 25, 2007, between Registrant and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A. (“Bank of NY”)     99 .1   Current Report on Form 8-K, filed October 1, 2007
                     
  (4 .5.1)   6.625% Subsidiary Notes due 2017     99 .1   Current Report on Form 8-K, filed October 1, 2007
                     
  (4 .6)   Indenture, dated as of November 20, 2007, between Registrant and Bank of NY     4 .3   Current Report on Form 8-K, filed November 20, 2007
                     
  (4 .7)   Purchase Contract and Pledge Agreement, dated as of November 20, 2007, between Avery Dennison and Bank of New York, as Purchase Contract Agent, and Bank of New York as Collateral Agent, Custodial Agent and Securities Intermediary     4 .1   Current Report on Form 8-K, filed November 20, 2007
                     
  (4 .8)   Indenture, dated as of November 20, 2007, between Avery Dennison and Bank of New York     4 .2   Current Report on Form 8-K, filed November 20, 2007
                     
  (4 .9)   First Supplemental Indenture between Avery Dennison and Bank of New York, as Trustee, dated as of November 20, 2007     4 .3   Current Report on Form 8-K, filed November 20, 2007
                     
  (4 .10)   Form of Remarketing Agreement     4 .4   Current Report on Form 8-K, filed November 20, 2007
                     
  (4 .11)   Form of Corporate HiMEDS Unit Certificate     4 .5   Current Report on Form 8-K, filed November 20, 2007
                     
  (4 .12)   Form of Treasury HiMEDS Unit Certificate     4 .6   Current Report on Form 8-K, filed November 20, 2007
                     
  (4 .13)   Form of 5.350% Senior Notes due 2020     4 .7   Current Report on Form 8-K, filed November 20, 2007
                     
  (10 .1)   *Avery Dennison Office Products Company Credit Agreement, amended and restated dated, August 7, 2008     10 .1   Second Quarterly report for 2008 on Form 10-Q, filed August 7, 2008
                     
  (10 .2)   *Revolving Credit Agreement, dated August 10, 2007     10 .2.2   Third Quarterly report for 2007 on Form 10-Q, filed November 7, 2007
                     
  (10 .3)   *Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors     10 .3   1981 Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed February 29, 1982
                     
  (10 .4)   *Non-Employee Director Compensation Summary     10 .4   2006 Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed February 28, 2007
                     
  (10 .5)   *Executive Medical and Dental Plan (description)     10 .5   1981 Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed February 29, 1982
                     
  (10 .8)   *Employment Agreement with D.A. Scarborough     10 .8.5   First Quarterly report for 2005 on Form 10-Q, filed May 12, 2005
                     
  (10 .8.3)   *Form of Employment Agreement     10 .8.4   First Quarterly report for 2004 on Form 10-Q, filed May 6, 2004

ii


Table of Contents

                     
        Originally
   
Exhibit
      Filed as
   
No.
 
Item
 
Exhibit No.
 
Document(1)
 
                     
  (10 .8.3.1)   *Forms of Employment Agreement     10 .8.3.1   Current Report on Form 8-K, filed December 11, 2008
                     
  (10 .8.3.2)   *Forms of Amendment to Employment Agreement     10 .8.3.2   Current Report on Form 8-K, filed December 11, 2008
                     
  (10 .8.4)   *Retention Agreement with D.R. O’Bryant     10 .8.6   First Quarterly report for 2005 on Form 10-Q, filed May 12, 2005
                     
  (10 .8.4.1)   *Amendment to Retention Agreement     10 .8.4.1   Current Report on Form 8-K, filed December 11, 2008
                     
  (10 .9)   *Executive Group Life Insurance Plan     10 .9   1982 Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed February 25, 1983
                     
  (10 .10)   *Form of Indemnity Agreement between Registrant and certain directors and officers     10 .10   1986 Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed February 27, 1987
                     
  (10 .10.1)   *Form of Indemnity Agreement between Registrant and certain directors and officers     10 .10.1   1993 Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed March 18, 1994
                     
  (10 .11)   *Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, amended and restated (“SERP”)     10 .11.1   Current Report on Form 8-K, filed December 24, 2008
                     
  (10 .11.1)   *Letter of Grant to D.A. Scarborough under SERP     10 .11.2.1   Current Report on Form 8-K, filed December 24, 2008
                     
  (10 .11.2)   *Letter of Grant to D.R. O’Bryant under SERP     10 .11.4.1   Current Report on Form 8-K, filed December 24, 2008
                     
  (10 .12)   *Complete Restatement and Amendment of Executive Deferred Compensation Plan     10 .12   1994 Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed March 30, 1995
                     
  (10 .13)   *Retirement Plan for Directors, amended and restated     10 .13.1   2002 Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed March 28, 2003
                     
  (10 .15)   *Director Equity Plan, amended and restated (“Director Plan”)     10 .15.1   Current Report on Form 8-K, filed December 11, 2008
                     
  (10 .15.1)   *Form of Non-Employee Director Stock Option Agreement under Director Plan     10 .15.1   2003 Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed March 11, 2004
                     
  (10 .16)   *Complete Restatement and Amendment of Executive Variable Deferred Compensation Plan (“EVDCP”)     10 .16   1994 Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed March 30, 1995
                     
  (10 .16.1)   *Amendment No. 1 to EVDCP     10 .16.1   1999 Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed March 30, 2000
                     
  (10 .17)   *Complete Restatement and Amendment of Directors Deferred Compensation Plan     10 .17   1994 Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed March 30, 1995
                     
  (10 .18)   *Complete Restatement and Amendment of Directors Variable Deferred Compensation Plan (“DVDCP”)     10 .18   1994 Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed March 30, 1995
                     
  (10 .18.1)   *Amendment No. 1 to DVDCP     10 .18.1   1999 Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed March 30, 2000

iii


Table of Contents

                     
        Originally
   
Exhibit
      Filed as
   
No.
 
Item
 
Exhibit No.
 
Document(1)
 
                     
  (10 .18.2)   *2005 Directors Variable Deferred Compensation Plan, amended and restated (“2005 DVDCP”)     10 .18.2   Current Report on Form 8-K, filed December 11, 2008
                     
  (10 .19)   *Stock Option and Incentive Plan, amended and restated (“Stock Plan”)     10 .19.8   Current Report on Form 8-K, filed December 11, 2008
                     
  (10 .19.1)   *Forms of NQSO Agreement under Stock Plan     10 .19.5   2007 Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed February 27, 2008
                     
  (10 .19.2)   *Form of Restricted Stock Agreement under Stock Plan     10 .19.8   First Quarterly report for 2005 on Form 10-Q, filed May 12, 2005
                     
  (10 .19.3)   *Forms of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under Stock Plan     10 .19.2   Current Report on Form 8-K, filed December 13, 2006
                     
  (10 .19.4)   *Forms of Equity Awards under Stock Plan     10 .19.6   Current Report on Form 8-K, filed April 30, 2006
                     
  (10 .19.5)   *Forms of Equity Awards under Stock Plan     10 .19.6   Second Quarterly report for 2008 on Form 10-Q, filed May 8, 2008
                     
  (10 .19.6)   *Forms of Equity Agreements under Stock Plan     10 .19.9   Current Report on Form 8-K, filed December 11, 2008
                     
  (10 .19.7)   *Additional Forms of Equity Agreements under Stock Plan     10 .19.10   Current Report on Form 8-K/A, filed December 11, 2008
                     
  (10 .27)   *Executive Long-Term Incentive Plan, amended and restated (“LTIP”)     10 .27.1   2003 Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed March 11, 2004
                     
  (10 .28)   *Complete Restatement and Amendment of Executive Deferred Retirement Plan (“EDRP”)     10 .28   1994 Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed March 30, 1995
                     
  (10 .28.1)   *Amendment No. 1 to EDRP     10 .28.1   1999 Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed March 30, 2000
                     
  (10 .28.2)   *Amendment No. 2 to EDRP     10 .28.2   2001 Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed March 4, 2002
                     
  (10 .29)   *Executive Leadership Compensation Plan, (“ELCP”)     10 .29.1   2004 Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed March 17, 2005
                     
  (10 .30)   *Senior Executive Leadership Compensation Plan, amended and restated (“SELCP”)     10 .30.2   2003 Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed March 11, 2004
                     
  (10 .31)   *Executive Variable Deferred Retirement Plan, amended and restated (“EVDRP”)     10 .31.5   2003 Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed March 11, 2004
                     
  (10 .31.1)   *2004 EVDRP     4 .1   Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-109814), filed October 20, 2003
                     
  (10 .31.2)   *2005 EVDRP, amended and restated     10 .31.2   Current Report on Form 8-K, filed December 11, 2008
                     
  (10 .32)   *Benefits Restoration Plan, amended and restated (“BRP”)     10 .32.1   Current Report on Form 8-K/A, filed December 11, 2008
                     
  (10 .33)   *Restated Trust Agreement for Employee Stock Benefit Trust     10 .33.1   1997 Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed March 26, 1998

iv


Table of Contents

                     
        Originally
   
Exhibit
      Filed as
   
No.
 
Item
 
Exhibit No.
 
Document(1)
 
                     
  (10 .33.1)   *Common Stock Purchase Agreement     10 .2   Current Report on Form 8-K, filed October 25, 1996
                     
  (10 .33.2)   *Restated Promissory Note     10 .33.3   1997 Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed March 26, 1998
                     
  (10 .34)   *Amended and Restated Capital Accumulation Plan (“CAP”)     10 .34   1999 Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed March 30, 2000
                     
  (10 .34.1)   *Trust under CAP     4 .2   Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-38707), filed October 24, 1997
                     
  (10 .34.2)   *Amendment No. 1 to CAP     10 .34.2   1999 Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed March 30, 2000
                     
  (23 .1)   Consent of Ernst & Young     23 .1   Current Report on Form 8-K/A, filed August 29, 2007
                     
  (23 .2)   Consent of Ernst & Young     23 .3   Registration Statement on Form S-3 (File No. 333-147369), filed November 14, 2007
                     
  (99 .2)   *Stock Ownership Policy     99 .2   2007 Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A, filed March 15, 2007
 
 
(1) Unless otherwise noted, the File Number for all documents is File No. 1-7685.
 
Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be filed as an Exhibit to this Form 10-K pursuant to Item 15.
 
SUBMITTED HEREWITH:
 
         
Exhibit No.
 
Item
 
  3 .1   Restated Certification of Incorporation, filed August 2, 2002 with the Office of Delaware Secretary of State, is incorporated by reference to the third quarterly report for 2002 on Form 10-Q, filed November 12, 2002
  3 .2   By-laws, as amended, is incorporated by reference to the current reports on Form 8-K, filed July 30, 2007 and December 13, 2006
  10 .1   Avery Dennison Office Products Company — Credit Agreement, amended and restated, is incorporated by reference to the second quarterly report for 2008 on Form 10-Q, filed August 7, 2008
  10 .2   Revolving Credit Agreement, amended and restated, is incorporated by reference to the third quarterly report for 2007 on Form 10-Q, filed November 7, 2007
  10 .19.8   *Form of Performance Unit Agreement
  12     Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Changes
  13     Portions of Annual Report to Shareholders for fiscal year ended December 27, 2008
  21     List of Subsidiaries
  23     Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (see page S-4)
  24     Power of Attorney
  31 .1   D. A. Scarborough Certification pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
  31 .2   D. R. O’Bryant Certification pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
  32 .1   D. A. Scarborough Certification pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
  32 .2   D. R. O’Bryant Certification pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

v


Table of Contents

 
Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be filed as an Exhibit to this Form 10-K pursuant to Item 15.
 
STATEMENT AND AGREEMENT REGARDING
LONG-TERM DEBT OF REGISTRANT
 
Except as indicated above, Registrant has no instrument with respect to long-term debt under which securities authorized thereunder equal or exceed 10% of the total assets of Registrant and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis. Registrant agrees to furnish a copy of its long-term debt instruments to the Commission upon request.


vi


Table of Contents

 
AVERY DENNISON LOGO

exv10w19w8
Exhibit 10.19.8
AVERY DENNISON CORPORATION
PERFORMANCE UNIT AGREEMENT
THIS AGREEMENT, dated * , is made by and between Avery Dennison Corporation, a Delaware corporation, hereinafter referred to as the “Company,” and * , an employee of Company or a Subsidiary of Company, hereinafter referred to as “Employee.”
WHEREAS, Company wishes to grant to Employee an Award of Performance Units (“PUs”) under the terms of the Employee Stock Option and Incentive Plan, as amended and restated (“Plan”);
WHEREAS, the Compensation and Executive Personnel Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors (hereinafter referred to as the “Committee”), appointed to administer the Plan, or the Company’s Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”), has determined that it would be to the advantage and best interest of Company and its shareholders to grant the PUs (the “PU Award”) to Employee as an inducement to remain in the service of Company or its Subsidiaries and as an incentive for increased efforts during such service; and
WHEREAS, the Committee or the CEO has advised the Company of the PU Award and instructed that this PU Award be issued;
NOW, THEREFORE, Company and Employee agree as follows:
ARTICLE I — DEFINITIONS
     Terms not defined in this Agreement shall have the meaning given in the Plan.
ARTICLE II — TERMS OF AWARD
2.1 PU Award
     As of the date of this Agreement, the Company grants to Employee a PU Award representing a right to receive * shares of the Company’s Common Stock in the future, assuming that the Company’s results at the end of the performance period produce 100% of the target performance, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, the Award Notice and the Plan. Each PU Award represents one hypothetical share of Common Stock of the Company at 100% target performance. The PU Award shall be held on the books and records of the Company (or its designee) for the Employee’s PU account but shall not represent an equity interest in the Company until such time as actual shares shall be issued to the Employee. The PU Award shall be earned, vested and paid as set forth in this Agreement.
2.2 Performance Period
     (a) No portion of the PU Award may be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged or otherwise encumbered by the Employee until the PU Award is earned and the shares are issued. Employee must be employed by the Company from the date of this Agreement until the date that the PU Award is earned and vested. The “Performance Period” shall be January 1, 2009 through December 31, 2011. At the end of the Performance Period, the specific number shares of Common Stock to be issued to the Employee under the PU Award shall be determined based on the Company’s results during the Performance Period, compared against the performance metric[s] (“Metric” or “Metrics”), approved by the Committee (as modified by any adjustment items approved by the Committee), except as provided in Sections 2.3 through 2.5.
     (b) Except as provided in Sections 2.3 through 2.5, the PU Award will be earned and vested on the date of the Committee’s certification of results in 2011.
     {The Metrics is ___} {The Metrics are: {___}. {For the peer group performance comparison needed to determine whether the portion of the PU Award Metric related to Total Shareholder Return

1


 

(“TSR”) is earned, the TSR for the S&P 500 Industrials and Materials subsets will be used.}
     (c) Subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, if the Employee’s employment with the Company is terminated, the PU Award, which has not been earned by the time of the Employee’s Termination of Employment, shall be forfeited by the Employee.
2.3 Change of Control
     In the event of a Change of Control, the PU Award granted to Employee pursuant to this Agreement will be earned and vested at 100% target performance as of the date of such Change in Control regardless of the Company’s actual performance.
2.4 Death; Disability
     If Employee’s employment with the Company or its Subsidiaries terminates by reason of Employee’s death or Disability (as defined in the Employee’s employment agreement or related agreement with the Company, or in the absence of such agreement in the Plan) the PU Award will be earned and vested based on a prorated time-based formula starting with the actual month of service completed by the Employee during the Performance Period divided by the total months in the original Performance Period (in this case 36) multiplied by the number of shares in the PU Award assuming 100% target performance.
2.5 Retirement
     PU Awards, granted to employees who are eligible and retire under the Company’s pension plan, will be earned and vested on a prorated time-based formula starting with January 1, 2009, with each month of service representing 1/36th of the Award (calculated at 100% target performance) as of the Termination of Employment.
2.6 Adjustments in PU Award
     In the event that the outstanding shares of the Common Stock are changed into or exchanged for a different number or kind of shares of the Company or other securities of the Company by reason of merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reclassification, stock split-up, stock dividend, combination of shares, or other similar restructuring, the Committee or the Company shall make an appropriate and equitable adjustment in the number and kind of shares represented by the PU Award granted hereunder. Such adjustment shall be made with the intent that after the change or exchange of shares, the Employee’s proportionate equity interest in the Company shall be maintained as it was before the occurrence of such event.
ARTICLE III — ISSUANCE OF COMMON STOCK; SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS
3.1 Conditions to and Issuance of Common Stock
     The shares of Common Stock deliverable for the PU Award, or any part thereof, may be either previously authorized but unissued shares or issued shares that have then been reacquired by the Company. Such shares shall be fully paid and nonassessable. Issuance of shares of Common Stock is subject to the following conditions:
     (a) The receipt by the Company of full payment or withholding for all related taxes. The Employee shall be liable for any and all taxes, including withholding taxes, arising out of this PU Award or the vesting of the PU Award hereunder. The Company or the Employee may elect to satisfy such withholding tax obligation by having the Company retain PUs having a fair market value equal to the Company’s minimum withholding obligations;
     (b) Subject to Section 4.4 below, the Company shall issue via electronic transfer to the Employee’s brokerage account the number of shares of Common Stock represented by the number of vested PUs (less withholding taxes) as soon as practical following the vesting of same, but in no event later than two and one-half (2.5) months after the calendar year in which the PUs vests, except that in the cases of Termination of Employment by reason of death/Disability under Section 2.4, the PUs shall be paid on the first day of the seventh (7th) calendar month beginning after the Employee’s Termination of Employment. Delivery of these shares of Common Stock shall satisfy the Company’s obligations under this Agreement; and

2


 

     (c) The Employee shall establish an equity account with a broker designated by the Company (currently Charles Schwab) so that the net shares from vested PUs (after withholding for applicable taxes) may be electronically transferred to the Employee’s account.
3.2 Shareholder Rights
     The Employee shall have no rights as a shareholder of the Company with respect to this PU Award until shares are issued to the Employee and the Employee shall be no more than an unsecured general creditor of the Company with no special or prior right to any assets of the Company for payment of any obligations hereunder.
ARTICLE IV — MISCELLANEOUS
4.1 Agreement Subject to Plan
     The Agreement is subject to the terms of the Plan, and in the event of any conflict between this Agreement and the Plan, the Plan shall control.
4.2 Administration
     The Committee or the Company shall have the power to interpret the Plan and this Agreement and to adopt such procedures for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith and to interpret, modify or revoke any such procedures. Nothing in this Agreement or the Plan shall be construed to create or imply any contract or right of continued employment between the Employee and the Company (or any of its Subsidiaries).
4.3 Notices
     Any notice to be given under the terms of this Agreement to the Company shall be addressed to the Company in care of its Secretary and any notice to be given to the Employee shall be addressed to him at the address given beneath his signature hereto. By a notice given pursuant to this Section, either party may hereafter designate a different address for notices to be given. Any notice that is required to be given to Employee shall, if Employee is then deceased, be given to Employee’s Beneficiary or personal representative if such individual has previously informed the Company of his status and address by written notice under this Section.
4.4 Code Section 409A
     The PU Awards granted hereunder are intended to comply in all respects with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, (“Section 409A”) and this Agreement shall be interpreted accordingly. However, if at any time the Committee or the Company determines that the PUs may be subject to Section 409A, the Committee or the Company shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to amend this Agreement as it may determine is necessary or desirable for the PUs to satisfy the requirements of Section 409A.
4.5 Construction
     This Agreement, the Award Notice and the Plan and all actions taken thereunder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without reference to principles of conflict of laws. Titles are provided in this Agreement for convenience only and shall not serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Agreement.

3


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed and delivered by the parties.
         
Employee   Avery Dennison Corporation
 
*___________________________________________
  By:   *
         
    President and Chief Executive Officer
 
Address*:
       
____________________________________________
  By:
Secretary
  *
* Refer to attached Award Notice

4

exv12
Exhibit 12
AVERY DENNISON CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES

(Dollars in millions)
                         
    2008     2007(2)     2006  
Earnings:
                       
Income from continuing operations before taxes
  $ 270.6     $ 375.3     $ 435.2  
Add: Fixed charges from continuing operations (1)
    158.9       142.6       87.1  
Amortization of capitalized interest
    3.2       3.0       2.8  
Less: Capitalized interest
    (6.2 )     (5.9 )     (5.0 )
 
                 
 
  $ 426.5     $ 515.0     $ 520.1  
 
                 
 
                       
Fixed charges from continuing operations: (1)
                       
Interest expense
  $ 115.9     $ 105.2     $ 55.5  
Capitalized interest
    6.2       5.9       5.0  
Interest portion of leases
    36.8       31.5       26.6  
 
                 
 
  $ 158.9     $ 142.6     $ 87.1  
 
                 
 
                       
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
    2.7       3.6       6.0  
 
                 
 
(1)   The ratios of earnings to fixed charges were computed by dividing earnings by fixed charges. For this purpose, “earnings” consist of income before taxes plus fixed charges and amortization of capitalized interest, less capitalized interest. “Fixed charges” consist of interest expense, capitalized interest and the portion of rent expense (estimated to be 35%) on operating leases deemed representative of interest.
 
(2)   2007 included results for Paxar Corporation from June 15, 2007 (acquisition date) to December 29, 2007, as well as the incremental interest expense related to the Company’s increased borrowings to fund the acquisition.

 

exv13
(BUSINESS AT A GLANCE)


 

(BUSINESS AT A GLANCE)
Office and Consumer Other specialty Products converting businesses (+) Office Products (+) Specialty Tape ( +) Radio Frequency Identification (RFID) ( +) Industrial and Automotive Products ( +) Security Printing ( +) Performance Films $936 $582 14% 9% Avery Avery Dennison Self-adhesive labels, software, binders, Specialty tapes, industrial adhesives, sheet protectors, dividers, online templates architectural and engineered films, automotive and printing, writing instruments, T-shirt decorative interior films, automotive exterior transfers and do-it-yourself card products films and labels, metallized pigments, self- adhesive postage stamps, RFID inlays and durable tags Office products superstores, major retailers, Industrial and original equipment manufacturers,- office professionals, school administrators, medical products and device small business owners and consumers manufacturers, converters, packagers and consumer products companies Sticking to the Fundamentals 7

2


 

 
Five-year Summary

                                                                                                 
              2008           2007           2006           2005           2004(1)            
                 
(Dollars in millions, except %
  5-Year Compound
                                                                 
and per share amounts)   Growth Rate     Dollars     %     Dollars     %     Dollars     %     Dollars     %     Dollars         %  
   
 
For the Year
                                                                                           
Net sales
    7.2 %   $ 6,710.4       100.0     $ 6,307.8       100.0     $ 5,575.9       100.0     $ 5,473.5       100.0     $ 5,317.0           100.0  
Gross profit
    5.5       1,727.0       25.7       1,722.4       27.3       1,538.0       27.6       1,476.9       27.0       1,425.5           26.8  
Marketing, general and
administrative expense
    7.9       1,304.3       19.4       1,182.5       18.7       1,011.1       18.1       987.9       18.0       957.4           18.0  
Interest expense
    14.6       115.9       1.7       105.2       1.7       55.5       1.0       57.9       1.1       58.7           1.1  
Other expense, net(2)
    3.5       36.2       0.5       59.4       0.9       36.2       0.6       63.6       1.2       35.2           0.7  
Income from continuing operations
before taxes
    (4.3 )     270.6       4.0       375.3       5.9       435.2       7.8       367.5       6.7       374.2           7.0  
Provision for income taxes
    (45.4 )     4.5       0.1       71.8       1.1       76.7       1.4       75.3       1.4       93.9           1.8  
Income from continuing operations
    1.7       266.1       4.0       303.5       4.8       358.5       6.4       292.2       5.3       280.3           5.3  
Income (loss) from discontinued
operations, net of tax(3)
    N/A             N/A             N/A       14.7       N/A       (65.4 )     N/A       (1.3 )         N/A  
Net income
    (0.1 )     266.1       4.0       303.5       4.8       373.2       6.7       226.8       4.1       279.0           5.2  
 
 
              2008           2007           2006           2005           2004            
   
 
Per Share Information
                                                                                               
Income per common share from
continuing operations
    1.9 %   $ 2.70             $ 3.09             $ 3.59             $ 2.92             $ 2.81              
Income per common share from
continuing operations, assuming dilution
    2.0       2.70               3.07               3.57               2.91               2.79              
Net income per common share
    0.1       2.70               3.09               3.74               2.27               2.79              
Net income per common share,
assuming dilution
    0.2       2.70               3.07               3.72               2.26               2.78              
Dividends per common share
    2.5       1.64               1.61               1.57               1.53               1.49              
Weighted-average common shares outstanding
    (0.2 )     98.4               98.1               99.8               100.1               99.9              
Weighted-average common shares outstanding, assuming dilution
    (0.3 )     98.7               98.9               100.4               100.5               100.5              
Book value at fiscal year end
    5.9     $ 17.78             $ 20.22             $ 17.26             $ 15.26             $ 15.56              
Market price at fiscal year end
    (10.4 )     31.53               53.41               67.93               55.27               59.97              
Market price range
            25.02 to               49.69 to               55.09 to               50.30 to               54.90 to              
              53.14               69.67               69.11               62.53               65.78              
 
 
At Year End
                                                                                           
Working capital
          $ (127.6 )           $ (419.3 )           $ (12.1 )           $ 56.0             $ 173.4              
Property, plant and equipment, net
            1,493.0               1,591.4               1,309.4               1,295.7               1,374.4              
Total assets
            6,035.7               6,244.8               4,324.9               4,228.9               4,420.9              
Long-term debt
            1,544.8               1,145.0               501.6               723.0               1,007.2              
Total debt
            2,209.8               2,255.8               968.0               1,087.7               1,211.7              
Shareholders’ equity
            1,750.0               1,989.4               1,696.2               1,521.6               1,558.0              
                                                                                                 
Number of employees
            35,700               37,300               22,700               22,600               21,400              
 
 
Other Information
                                                                                           
Depreciation expense(4)
          $ 204.6             $ 184.1             $ 153.8             $ 154.2             $ 145.8              
Research and development expense(4)
            94.0               95.5               87.9               85.4               81.8              
Effective tax rate(4)
            1.7 %             19.1 %             17.6 %             20.5 %             25.1 %            
Total debt as a percent of total capital
            55.8               53.1               36.3               41.7               43.7              
Return on average shareholders’ equity (percent)
    13.1               16.5               22.7               14.5               19.5              
Return on average total capital (percent)
            8.8               10.6               15.7               10.0               12.1              
 
 
(1) Results for 2004 reflect a 53-week period.
 
(2) 2008 includes net pretax charges of $36.2 for restructuring costs, asset impairment and lease cancellation charges and other items.
2007 includes net pretax charges of $59.4 for asset impairment charges, restructuring costs, lease cancellation charges and other items.
2006 includes net pretax charges of $36.2 for restructuring costs, asset impairment and lease cancellation charges, environmental remediation and other items, partially offset by gain on sale of investment and assets.
2005 includes net pretax charge of $63.6 for restructuring costs, asset impairment and lease cancellation charges and legal accrual related to a lawsuit, partially offset by gain on sale of assets.
2004 includes pretax charges of $35.2 for restructuring costs, asset impairment and lease cancellation charges.
 
(3) Results for 2006 include a tax benefit of $14.9 due to capital losses arising from the sale of discontinued operations and a pretax gain on the sale of discontinued operations of $1.3.
Results for 2005 include impairment charges for goodwill and intangible assets of $74.4 associated with the expected divestiture of a business.
 
(4) Amounts related to continuing operations.


 

Stockholder Return Performance
The following graph compares the Company’s cumulative stockholder return on its common stock, including the reinvestment of dividends, with the return on the Standard & Poor’s 500 Stock Index (the “S&P 500 Index”) and the average return, weighted by market capitalization, of the peer group set forth below (“Peer Group”) for the five-year period ending December 31, 2008. The Company has also included the median return of the Peer Group in the graph as an additional comparison.
The Peer Group is comprised of Air Products & Chemicals Inc., ArvinMeritor Inc., Baker-Hughes Incorporated, Ball Corporation, Bemis Company, Inc., Black & Decker Corporation, Cabot Corporation, Cooper Tire & Rubber Co., Crane Company, Crown Holdings Inc., Cummins Inc., Dana Holding Corporation, Danaher Corporation, Dover Corporation, Eaton Corporation, Ecolab Incorporated, Ferro Corporation, FMC Corporation, Fuller (H. B.) Company, Goodrich Corporation, Grace (W R) & Company, Harley-Davidson Inc., Harris Corporation, Harsco Corporation, Illinois Tool Works Incorporated, Ingersoll-Rand Company, MASCO Corporation, MeadWestvaco Corporation, NACCO Industries, Newell Rubbermaid Incorporated, Olin Corporation, Owens-Illinois, Inc., PACCAR Inc., Parker-Hannifin Corporation, Pentair Inc., Pitney Bowes Incorporated, PolyOne Corporation, Potlatch Corporation, P.P.G. Industries Incorporated, The Sherwin-Williams Company, Smurfit-Stone Container Corporation, Snap-On Incorporated, Sonoco Products Company, Stanley Works, Tecumseh Products Company, Temple-Inland Inc., Thermo Fisher Scientific Inc., Thomas & Betts Corporation, Timken Company and Trinity Industries.
During 2008, Sequa Corp. was acquired by the private equity firm The Carlyle Group and Hercules Inc. was acquired by Ashland Inc. These companies were deleted from the Peer Group. In 2008, Owens-Illinois Inc. and Cooper Tire & Rubber Co. were added to the Peer Group, both of which have been included for all periods.
 
Comparison of Five-Year Cumulative Total Return
as of December 31, 2008
 
 
 
Total Return Analysis(1)
                                                 
    12/31/03     12/31/04     12/31/05     12/31/06     12/31/07     12/31/08  
   
 
Avery Dennison Corp
  $ 100.00     $ 109.71     $ 103.96     $ 131.07     $ 105.29     $ 67.40  
S&P 500 Index
    100.00       110.87       116.31       134.67       142.06       89.51  
Market Basket (Weighted Average)(2)
    100.00       128.78       132.23       161.17       207.87       120.62  
Market Basket (Median)
    100.00       124.01       122.92       151.95       152.40       104.59  
 
 
(1) Assumes $100 invested on December 31, 2003, and the reinvestment of dividends; chart reflects performance on a calendar year basis.
 
(2) Weighted average is weighted by market capitalization.
 
Stock price performance reflected in the above graph is not necessarily indicative of future price performance.

20

Avery Dennison 2008 Annual Report


 

 
 CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

                 
(Dollars in millions)   2008     2007  
   
 
Assets
               
Current assets:
               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 105.5     $ 71.5  
Trade accounts receivable, less allowances of $57.3 and $64.2 at year end 2008 and 2007, respectively
    988.9       1,113.8  
Inventories, net
    583.6       631.0  
Current deferred and refundable income taxes
    115.6       128.1  
Other current assets
    136.8       113.9  
 
 
Total current assets
    1,930.4       2,058.3  
Property, plant and equipment, net
    1,493.0       1,591.4  
Goodwill
    1,716.7       1,683.3  
Other intangibles resulting from business acquisitions, net
    303.6       314.2  
Non-current deferred and refundable income taxes
    168.9       59.9  
Other assets
    423.1       537.7  
 
 
    $ 6,035.7     $ 6,244.8  
 
 
                 
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
               
Current liabilities:
               
Short-term and current portion of long-term debt
  $ 665.0     $ 1,110.8  
Accounts payable
    672.9       679.2  
Accrued payroll and employee benefits
    205.7       204.7  
Accrued trade rebates
    122.6       150.3  
Current deferred and payable income taxes
    59.6       31.4  
Other accrued liabilities
    332.2       301.2  
 
 
Total current liabilities
    2,058.0       2,477.6  
Long-term debt
    1,544.8       1,145.0  
Long-term retirement benefits and other liabilities
    566.5       391.5  
Non-current deferred and payable income taxes
    116.4       241.3  
Commitments and contingencies (see Notes 7 and 8)
               
Shareholders’ equity:
               
Common stock, $1 par value, authorized – 400,000,000 shares at year end 2008 and 2007;
issued – 124,126,624 shares at year end 2008 and 2007; outstanding – 98,366,621 shares
and 98,386,897 shares at year end 2008 and 2007, respectively
    124.1       124.1  
Capital in excess of par value
    642.9       781.1  
Retained earnings
    2,381.3       2,290.2  
Cost of unallocated ESOP shares
    (1.2 )     (3.8 )
Employee stock benefit trust, 7,888,953 shares and 8,063,898 shares
at year end 2008 and 2007, respectively
    (246.9 )     (428.8 )
Treasury stock at cost, 17,841,050 shares and 17,645,829 shares
at year end 2008 and 2007, respectively
    (867.7 )     (858.2 )
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income
    (282.5 )     84.8  
 
 
Total shareholders’ equity
    1,750.0       1,989.4  
 
 
    $ 6,035.7     $ 6,244.8  
 
 
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


 

 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF INCOME

 
                         
(In millions, except per share amounts)   2008     2007     2006  
   
 
Net sales
  $ 6,710.4     $ 6,307.8     $ 5,575.9  
Cost of products sold
    4,983.4       4,585.4       4,037.9  
 
 
Gross profit
    1,727.0       1,722.4       1,538.0  
Marketing, general and administrative expense
    1,304.3       1,182.5       1,011.1  
Interest expense
    115.9       105.2       55.5  
Other expense, net
    36.2       59.4       36.2  
 
 
Income from continuing operations before taxes
    270.6       375.3       435.2  
Provision for income taxes
    4.5       71.8       76.7  
 
 
Income from continuing operations
    266.1       303.5       358.5  
Income from discontinued operations, net of tax
(including gain on disposal of $1.3 and tax benefit of $14.9 in 2006)
                14.7  
 
 
Net income
  $ 266.1     $ 303.5     $ 373.2  
 
 
                         
Per share amounts:
                       
Net income per common share:
                       
Continuing operations
  $ 2.70     $ 3.09     $ 3.59  
Discontinued operations
                .15  
 
 
Net income per common share
  $ 2.70     $ 3.09     $ 3.74  
 
 
Net income per common share, assuming dilution:
                       
Continuing operations
  $ 2.70     $ 3.07     $ 3.57  
Discontinued operations
                .15  
 
 
Net income per common share, assuming dilution
  $ 2.70     $ 3.07     $ 3.72  
 
 
Dividends
  $ 1.64     $ 1.61     $ 1.57  
 
 
                         
Average shares outstanding:
                       
Common shares
    98.4       98.1       99.8  
Common shares, assuming dilution
    98.7       98.9       100.4  
 
 
Common shares outstanding at year end
    98.4       98.4       98.3  
 
 
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

40

Avery Dennison 2008 Annual Report


 

 
 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 
                                                                 
                      Cost of
    Employee
          Accumulated
       
    Common
    Capital in
          unallocated
    stock
          other
       
    stock, $1
    excess of
    Retained
    ESOP
    benefit
    Treasury
    comprehensive
       
(Dollars in millions, except per share amounts)   par value     par value     earnings     shares     trusts     stock     income (loss)     Total  
   
 
Fiscal year ended 2005
  $ 124.1     $ 729.5     $ 1,955.0     $ (7.7 )   $ (552.0 )   $ (638.2 )   $ (89.1 )   $ 1,521.6  
Comprehensive income:
                                                               
Net income
                    373.2                                       373.2  
Other comprehensive income:
                                                               
Foreign currency translation adjustment
                                                    101.0       101.0  
Effective portion of gains or losses on cash flow hedges,
net of tax of $1.8
                                                    (3.1 )     (3.1 )
Minimum pension liability adjustment, net of tax of $.6
                                                      (2.2 )     (2.2 )
                                                                 
Other comprehensive income
                                                    95.7       95.7  
                                                                 
Total comprehensive income
                                                            468.9  
Adjustment to initially adopt SFAS No. 158:
                                                               
Adjustment to minimum pension liability to initially apply SFAS No. 158, net of tax of $(59.2)
                                                    114.0       114.0  
Net actuarial loss, prior service cost and net transition obligation, net of tax of $62.2
                                                    (170.8 )     (170.8 )
Effects of changing pension plan measurement date pursuant to SFAS No. 158:
                                                               
Service cost, interest cost, and expected return on plan assets for December 1 – December 30, 2006, net of tax
                    (.8 )                                     (.8 )
Amortization of prior service cost for December 1 – December 30, 2006, net of tax
                                                    .1       .1  
Repurchase of 2,524,194 shares for treasury, net of shares issued
                                            (168.5 )             (168.5 )
Stock issued under option plans, including $22.7 of tax and dividends paid on stock held in stock trusts
            30.4                       71.1                       101.5  
Dividends: $1.57 per share
                    (171.8 )                                     (171.8 )
ESOP transactions, net
                            2.0                               2.0  
Employee stock benefit trusts market value adjustment
            121.6                       (121.6 )                      
 
 
Fiscal year ended 2006
    124.1       881.5       2,155.6       (5.7 )     (602.5 )     (806.7 )     (50.1 )     1,696.2  
Comprehensive income:
                                                               
Net income
                    303.5                                       303.5  
Other comprehensive income:
                                                               
Foreign currency translation adjustment
                                                    105.5       105.5  
Effective portion of gains or losses on cash flow hedges,
net of tax of $(.1)
                                                    .2       .2  
Net actuarial loss, prior service cost and net transition asset,
net of tax of $(10)
                                                      29.2       29.2  
                                                                 
Other comprehensive income
                                                    134.9       134.9  
                                                                 
Total comprehensive income
                                                            438.4  
Effects of adopting FIN 48
                    2.9                                       2.9  
Repurchase of 758,781 shares for treasury, net of shares issued
                                            (51.5 )             (51.5 )
Stock issued under option plans, including $19.3 of tax and dividends paid on stock held in stock trusts
            19.3                       54.0                       73.3  
Dividends: $1.61 per share
                    (171.8 )                                     (171.8 )
ESOP transactions, net
                            1.9                               1.9  
Employee stock benefit trusts market value adjustment
            (119.7 )                     119.7                        
 
 
Fiscal year ended 2007
    124.1       781.1       2,290.2       (3.8 )     (428.8 )     (858.2 )     84.8       1,989.4  
Comprehensive income:
                                                               
Net income
                    266.1                                       266.1  
Other comprehensive income:
                                                               
Foreign currency translation adjustment
                                                    (177.3 )     (177.3 )
Effective portion of gains or losses on cash flow hedges,
net of tax of $(.6)
                                                    1.0       1.0  
Net actuarial loss, prior service cost and net transition asset,
net of tax of $(103.5)
                                                     (191.0 )     (191.0 )
                                                                 
Other comprehensive income
                                                    (367.3 )     (367.3 )
                                                                 
Total comprehensive income
                                                            (101.2 )
Repurchase of 195,221 shares for treasury, net of shares issued
                                            (9.5 )             (9.5 )
Stock issued under option plans, including $13.4 of tax and
dividends paid on stock held in stock trusts
            36.2                       7.5                       43.7  
Dividends: $1.64 per share
                    (175.0 )                                     (175.0 )
ESOP transactions, net
                            2.6                               2.6  
Employee stock benefit trusts market value adjustment
            (174.4 )                     174.4                        
 
 
Fiscal year ended 2008
  $ 124.1     $ 642.9     $ 2,381.3     $ (1.2 )   $ (246.9 )   $ (867.7 )   $ (282.5 )   $ 1,750.0  
 
 
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


 

 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

 
                         
(In millions)   2008     2007     2006  
   
 
Operating Activities
                       
Net income
  $ 266.1     $ 303.5     $ 373.2  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
                       
Depreciation
    204.6       184.1       154.3  
Amortization
    73.8       58.8       47.1  
Provision for doubtful accounts
    17.7       18.7       31.8  
Asset impairment and net loss (gain) on sale and disposal of assets
of $6.5, $10.9, and $(13.9) in 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively
    16.8       44.0       (7.8 )
Stock-based compensation
    29.0       21.6       24.1  
Other non-cash items, net
    (1.1 )     (6.6 )     1.0  
Changes in assets and liabilities and other adjustments, net of the effect of business acquisitions and divestitures:
                       
Trade accounts receivable
    57.7       (17.7 )     (34.1 )
Inventories
    16.5       (5.3 )     (24.6 )
Other current assets
    (30.0 )     18.8       (45.6 )
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
    (15.8 )     (87.1 )     8.9  
Taxes on income
    34.3       6.1       12.6  
Deferred taxes
    (114.2 )     (37.5 )     (7.3 )
Other assets
    20.8       (17.1 )     (11.0 )
Long-term retirement benefits and other liabilities
    (36.5 )     15.1       (11.8 )
 
 
Net cash provided by operating activities
    539.7       499.4       510.8  
 
 
                         
Investing Activities
                       
Purchase of property, plant and equipment
    (128.5 )     (190.5 )     (161.9 )
Purchase of software and other deferred charges
    (63.1 )     (64.3 )     (33.4 )
Payments for acquisitions
    (131.2 )     (1,291.9 )     (13.4 )
Proceeds from sale of investments, net
    17.2             16.3  
Proceeds from sale of businesses
                19.1  
Other
    12.1       3.5       18.4  
 
 
Net cash used in investing activities
    (293.5 )     (1,543.2 )     (154.9 )
 
 
                         
Financing Activities
                       
Net (decrease) increase in borrowings (maturities of 90 days or less)
    (390.1 )     792.2       (137.8 )
Additional borrowings (maturities longer than 90 days)
    400.1       688.8        
Payments of debt (maturities longer than 90 days)
    (50.7 )     (222.0 )     (2.3 )
Dividends paid
    (175.0 )     (171.8 )     (171.8 )
Purchase of treasury stock
    (9.8 )     (63.2 )     (157.7 )
Proceeds from exercise of stock options, net
    2.7       38.1       54.1  
Other
    14.3       (6.7 )     17.7  
 
 
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
    (208.5 )     1,055.4       (397.8 )
 
 
Effect of foreign currency translation on cash balances
    (3.7 )     1.4       1.9  
 
 
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    34.0       13.0       (40.0 )
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year
    71.5       58.5       98.5  
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year
  $ 105.5     $ 71.5     $ 58.5  
 
 
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

42

Avery Dennison 2008 Annual Report


 

 
 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 
NOTE 1.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
Nature of Operations
Avery Dennison Corporation (the “Company”) is an industry leader that develops innovative identification and decorative solutions for businesses and consumers worldwide. The Company’s products include pressure-sensitive labeling materials; graphics imaging media; retail apparel ticketing and branding systems; RFID inlays and tags; office products; specialty tapes; and a variety of specialized labels for automotive, industrial and durable goods applications.
 
Principles of Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of majority-owned subsidiaries. Intercompany accounts, transactions and profits are eliminated in consolidation. Investments in certain affiliates (20% to 50% ownership) are accounted for by the equity method of accounting. Investments representing less than 20% ownership are accounted for by the cost method of accounting.
 
Financial Presentation
Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform with the current year presentation.
 
Change in Accounting Method
Beginning in the fourth quarter of 2007, the Company changed its method of accounting for inventories for the Company’s U.S. operations from a combination of the use of the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) and the last-in, first-out (“LIFO”) methods to the FIFO method. The inventories for the Company’s international operations continue to be valued using the FIFO method. The Company believes the change is preferable as the FIFO method better reflects the current value of inventories on the Consolidated Balance Sheet; provides better matching of revenue and expense in the Consolidated Statement of Income; provides uniformity across the Company’s operations with respect to the method for inventory accounting; and enhances comparability with peers. Furthermore, this application of the FIFO method is consistent with the Company’s accounting of inventories for U.S. income tax purposes.
The change in accounting method from LIFO to FIFO method was completed in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 154, “Accounting Changes and Error Corrections.” The Company applied the change in accounting principle by retrospectively restating prior years’ financial statements. As a result of the change in the Company’s policy for accounting for inventory, pretax income for the years ended December 29, 2007 and December 30, 2006 was increased by $1.1 million and $9.6 million, respectively.
 
Segment Reporting
SFAS No. 131, “Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information,” establishes the standards for reporting information about segments in financial statements. In applying the criteria set forth in SFAS No. 131, the Company has determined that it has three reportable segments for financial reporting purposes:
  o  Pressure-sensitive Materials — manufactures and sells pressure-sensitive roll label materials, films for graphic and reflective applications, performance polymers (largely adhesives used to manufacture pressure-sensitive materials), and extruded films
  o  Retail Information Services — designs, manufactures and sells a wide variety of price marking and brand identification products, including tickets, tags and labels, and related services, supplies and equipment
  o  Office and Consumer Products — manufactures and sells a variety of office and consumer products, including labels, binders, dividers, sheet protectors, and writing instruments
 
Certain reporting units are aggregated or combined based on materiality, quantitative factors, and similar qualitative economic characteristics, including primary products, production processes, customers, and distribution methods. Reporting units that do not exceed the quantitative thresholds or are not considered for aggregation are reported in a category entitled “other specialty converting businesses,” which is comprised of several businesses that produce specialty tapes and highly engineered labels, including radio-frequency identification (“RFID”) inlays and other converted products.
In 2008, the Pressure-sensitive Materials segment contributed approximately 54% of the Company’s total sales, while the Retail Information Services segment and the Office and Consumer Products segment contributed approximately 23% and 14%, respectively, of the Company’s total sales. The other specialty converting businesses contributed the remaining 9% of the Company’s total sales. International and domestic operations generated approximately 67% and 33%, respectively, of the Company’s total sales in 2008. Refer to Note 12, “Segment Information,” for further information.
 
Fiscal Year
The Company’s 2008, 2007 and 2006 fiscal years reflected 52-week periods ending December 27, 2008, December 29, 2007, and December 30, 2006, respectively. Normally, each fiscal year consists of 52 weeks, but every fifth or sixth fiscal year consists of 53 weeks.
 
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions for the reporting period and as of the financial statement date. These estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent liabilities and the reported amounts of revenue and expense. Actual results could differ from these estimates.
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on hand, deposits in banks, and short-term investments with maturities of three months or less when purchased. The carrying value of these assets approximates fair value due to the short maturity of the instruments. Cash paid for interest and income taxes was as follows:
 
                         
(In millions)   2008     2007     2006  
   
 
Interest, net of capitalized amounts
  $ 114.6     $ 93.6     $ 52.0
Income taxes, net of refunds
    77.0       106.2       60.4  
 
 
 
In 2008, 2007 and 2006, non-cash activities included accruals for capital expenditures of approximately $5 million, $14 million and $18 million, respectively, due to the timing of payments. In 2005, fixed assets acquired through capital leases totaled approximately $9 million. These


 

 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

assets were sold and leased-back in 2006, under an operating lease. Additionally in 2006, non-cash activities included approximately $11 million in purchases of treasury stock, which were completed in late 2006 but not settled until January 2007.
 
Accounts Receivable
The Company records trade accounts receivable at the invoiced amount. The allowance for doubtful accounts represents allowances for trade accounts receivable that are estimated to be partially or entirely uncollectible. The customer complaint reserve represents estimated sales returns and allowances. These allowances are used to reduce gross trade receivables to their net realizable values. The Company records these allowances based on estimates related to the following factors:
 
  o  Customer-specific allowances
  o  Amounts based upon an aging schedule
  o  An estimated amount, based on the Company’s historical experience
 
No single customer represented 10% or more of the Company’s net sales or trade receivables at year end 2008 and 2007. However, the ten largest customers at year end 2008 represented approximately 13% of trade accounts receivable and consisted of five customers of the Company’s Office and Consumer Products segment, four customers of the Pressure-sensitive Materials segment and one customer of both these segments. The Company does not generally require its customers to provide collateral, but the financial position and operations of these customers are monitored on an ongoing basis.
 
Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market value.
 
Inventories at year end were as follows:
 
                 
(In millions)   2008     2007  
   
 
Raw materials
  $ 256.2     $ 252.6  
Work-in-progress
    143.4       151.5  
Finished goods
    248.6       304.2  
 
 
Inventories at lower of FIFO cost or market (approximates replacement cost)
    648.2       708.3  
Inventory reserves
    (64.6 )     (77.3 )
 
 
Inventories, net
  $ 583.6     $ 631.0  
 
 
 
Property, Plant and Equipment
Major classes of property, plant and equipment are stated at cost and were as follows:
 
                 
(In millions)   2008     2007  
   
 
Land
  $ 68.4     $ 69.7  
Buildings and improvements
    745.5       733.6  
Machinery and equipment
    2,301.5       2,278.2  
Construction-in-progress
    57.7       114.4  
 
 
Property, plant and equipment
    3,173.1       3,195.9  
Accumulated depreciation
    (1,680.1 )     (1,604.5 )
 
 
Property, plant and equipment, net
  $ 1,493.0     $ 1,591.4  
 
 
 
Depreciation is generally computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets ranging from five to fifty years for buildings and improvements and two to fifteen years for machinery and equipment. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the shorter of the useful life of the asset or the term of the associated leases. Maintenance and repair costs are expensed as incurred; renewals and betterments are capitalized. Upon the sale or retirement of assets, the accounts are relieved of the cost and the related accumulated depreciation, with any resulting gain or loss included in net income.
 
Software
The Company capitalizes software costs in accordance with American Institute of Certified Public Accountants’ Statement of Position 98-1, “Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use,” and these capitalized costs are included in “Other assets” in the Consolidated Balance Sheet. The Company capitalizes internal and external costs that are incurred during the application development stage of the software development, including costs incurred for the design, coding, installation to hardware, testing, and upgrades and enhancements that provide additional functionalities and capabilities to the software and hardware of the chosen path. Internal and external costs during the preliminary project stage are expensed, as well as those costs during the post-implementation and/or operation stage are expensed, including internal and external training costs and maintenance costs.
Capitalized software, which is included in “Other assets” in the Consolidated Balance Sheet, is amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the software, ranging from two to fifteen years. Capitalized software costs were as follows:
 
                 
(In millions)   2008     2007  
   
 
Cost
  $ 335.5     $ 293.1  
Accumulated amortization
    (188.0 )     (167.1 )
 
 
    $ 147.5     $ 126.0  
 
 
 
Impairment of Long-lived Assets
Impairment charges are recorded when the carrying amounts of long-lived assets are determined not to be recoverable. Impairment is measured by assessing the usefulness of an asset or by comparing the carrying value of an asset to its fair value. Fair value is typically determined using quoted market prices, if available, or an estimate of future cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition. Historically, changes in market conditions and management strategy have caused the Company to reassess the carrying amount of its long-lived assets. Refer to Note 10, “Cost Reduction Actions,” for details of impairment charges recorded in 2008, 2007 and 2006.
 
Goodwill and Other Intangibles Resulting from
Business Acquisitions
Business combinations are accounted for by the purchase method, and the excess of the acquisition cost over the fair value of net tangible assets and identified intangible assets acquired is considered goodwill. As a result, the Company discloses goodwill separately from other intangible assets. Other identifiable intangibles include trademarks and trade names, patents and other acquired technology, customer relationships and other intangibles.

44

Avery Dennison 2008 Annual Report


 

The Company’s reporting units for the purpose of performing the impairment tests for goodwill consist of roll materials; retail information services; office and consumer products; graphics and reflective products; industrial products; and business media. For the purpose of performing the required impairment tests, a present value (discounted cash flow) method was used to determine the fair value of the reporting units with goodwill. The Company performs its annual impairment test of goodwill during the fourth quarter.
The Company’s reporting units are composed of either a discrete business or an aggregation of businesses with similar economic characteristics. Certain factors may result in the need to perform an impairment test prior to the fourth quarter, including significant underperformance of the Company’s business relative to expected operating results, significant adverse economic and industry trends, significant decline in the Company’s market capitalization for an extended period of time relative to net book value, and a decision to divest an individual business within a reporting unit.
Goodwill impairment is determined using a two-step process. The first step is to identify if a potential impairment exists by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill of the reporting unit is not considered to have a potential impairment and the second step of the impairment is not necessary. However, if the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second step is performed to determine if goodwill is impaired and to measure the amount of impairment loss to recognize, if any.
The second step, if necessary, compares the implied fair value of goodwill with the carrying amount of goodwill. If the implied fair value of goodwill exceeds the carrying amount, then goodwill is not considered impaired. However, if the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds the implied fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess.
See also Note 3, “Goodwill and Other Intangibles Resulting from Business Acquisitions.”
 
Foreign Currency
Asset and liability accounts of international operations are translated into U.S. dollars at current rates. Revenues and expenses are translated at the weighted-average currency rate for the fiscal year. Translation gains and losses of subsidiaries operating in hyperinflationary economies are included in net income in the period incurred. Gains and losses resulting from foreign currency transactions are included in income in the period incurred. Gains and losses resulting from hedging the value of investments in certain international operations and from translation of balance sheet accounts are recorded directly as a component of other comprehensive income.
Transactions in foreign currencies (including receivables, payables and loans denominated in currencies other than the functional currency) increased net income by $16.1 million in 2008, $1.4 million in 2007, and $1.3 million in 2006. In 2008, transactions in foreign currencies included a foreign currency net gain related to certain intercompany transactions of approximately $9 million. These results exclude the effects of translation of foreign currencies on the Company’s financial statements.
In 2008 and 2007, the Company had no operations in hyperinflationary economies. In 2006, the only hyperinflationary economy in which the Company operated was the Dominican Republic, in which the Company uses the U.S. dollar as the functional currency.
 
Financial Instruments
For purposes of this section of Note 1 and Note 5, “Financial Instruments,” the terms “cash flow hedge,” “derivative instrument,” “fair value,” “fair value hedge,” “financial instrument,” “firm commitment,” “ineffective,” and “highly effective” are used as these terms are defined in SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities,” as amended, and SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements.”
The Company enters into certain foreign exchange hedge contracts to reduce its risk from exchange rate fluctuations associated with receivables, payables, loans and firm commitments denominated in certain foreign currencies that arise primarily as a result of its operations outside the U.S. The Company enters into certain interest rate contracts to help manage its exposure to interest rate fluctuations. The Company also enters into certain natural gas and other commodity futures contracts to hedge price fluctuations for a portion of its anticipated domestic purchases. The maximum length of time in which the Company hedges its exposure to the variability in future cash flows for forecasted transactions is generally 12 to 24 months.
On the date the Company enters into a derivative contract, it determines whether the derivative will be designated as a hedge. Those derivatives not designated as hedges are recorded on the balance sheet at fair value, with changes in the fair value recognized in earnings. Those derivatives designated as hedges are classified as either (1) a hedge of the fair value of a recognized asset or liability or an unrecognized firm commitment (a “fair value” hedge); or (2) a hedge of a forecasted transaction or the variability of cash flows that are to be received or paid in connection with a recognized asset or liability (a “cash flow” hedge). The Company generally does not purchase or hold any foreign currency, interest rate or commodity contracts for trading purposes.
The Company assesses, both at the inception of the hedge and on an ongoing basis, whether hedges are highly effective. If it is determined that a hedge is not highly effective, the Company prospectively discontinues hedge accounting. For cash flow hedges, the effective portion of the related gains and losses is recorded as a component of other comprehensive income, and the ineffective portion is reported in earnings. Amounts in accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income are reclassified into earnings in the same period during which the hedged forecasted transaction is consummated. In the event the anticipated transaction is no longer likely to occur, the Company recognizes the change in fair value of the instrument in current period earnings. Changes in fair value hedges are recognized in current period earnings. Changes in the fair value of underlying hedged items (such as recognized assets or liabilities) are also recognized in current period earnings and offset the changes in the fair value of the derivative.
In the Statement of Cash Flows, hedge transactions are classified in the same category as the item hedged, primarily in operating activities.
 
Fair Value Measurements
Beginning in 2008, the Company adopted SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements,” except as it applies to non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities subject to FASB Staff Position (“FSP”) No. 157-2. SFAS No. 157 establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. These tiers include: Level 1, defined as observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets; Level 2, defined as inputs other than quoted prices in active markets that are either directly or indirectly observable; and Level 3, defined as unobservable inputs in


 

 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

which little or no market data exists, therefore requiring an entity to develop its own assumptions to determine the best estimate of fair value.
See also Note 14, “Fair Value Measurements.”
 
Revenue Recognition
Sales are recognized when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, pricing is determinable, and collection is reasonably assured. Furthermore, sales, provisions for estimated returns, and the cost of products sold are recorded at the time title transfers to customers and when the customers assume the risks and rewards of ownership. Sales terms are generally f.o.b. (free on board) shipping point or f.o.b. destination, depending upon local business customs. For most regions in which the Company operates, f.o.b. shipping point terms are utilized and sales are recorded at the time of shipment, because this is when title and risk of loss are transferred. In certain regions, notably in Europe, f.o.b. destination terms are generally utilized and sales are recorded when the products are delivered to the customer’s “normal place of delivery,” because this is when title and risk of loss are transferred. Actual product returns are charged against estimated sales return allowances.
Sales rebates and discounts are common practice in the industries in which the Company operates. Volume, promotional, price, cash and other discounts and customer incentives are accounted for as a reduction to gross sales. Rebates and discounts are recorded based upon estimates at the time products are sold. These estimates are based upon historical experience for similar programs and products. The Company reviews such rebates and discounts on an ongoing basis and accruals for rebates and discounts are adjusted, if necessary, as additional information becomes available.
 
Advertising Costs
Advertising costs included in “Marketing, general and administrative expense” were $22.6 million in 2008, $31 million in 2007, and $16.2 million in 2006. The Company’s policy is to expense advertising costs as incurred.
 
Research and Development
Research and development costs are related to research, design and testing of new products and applications and are expensed as incurred. Research and development expense was $94 million in 2008, $95.5 million in 2007, and $87.9 million in 2006.
 
Pension and Postretirement Benefits
Assumptions used in determining projected benefit obligations and the fair value of plan assets for the Company’s pension plans and other postretirement benefit plans are evaluated by management in consultation with outside actuaries. In the event that the Company determines that changes are warranted in the assumptions used, such as the discount rate, expected long-term rate of return, or health care costs, future pension and postretirement benefit expenses could increase or decrease. Due to changing market conditions or changes in the participant population, the actuarial assumptions that the Company uses may differ from actual results, which could have a significant impact on the Company’s pension and postretirement liability and related cost. Refer to Note 6, “Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits,” for further information on such assumptions.
 
Product Warranty
The Company provides for an estimate of costs that may be incurred under its basic limited warranty at the time product revenue is recognized. These costs primarily include materials and labor associated with the service or sale of the product. Factors that affect the Company’s warranty liability include the number of units installed or sold, historical and anticipated rate of warranty claims on those units, cost per claim to satisfy the Company’s warranty obligation and availability of insurance coverage. As these factors are impacted by actual experience and future expectations, the Company assesses the adequacy of its recorded warranty liability and adjusts the amounts as necessary.
Product warranty liabilities were as follows:
 
                         
(In millions)   2008     2007     2006  
   
 
Balance at beginning of year
  $ 2.5     $ 1.9     $ 2.5  
Accruals for warranties issued
    .2       .8       .7  
Assumed accrued warranty liability(1)
          .5        
Payments
    (.8 )     (.7 )     (1.3 )
 
 
Balance at end of year
  $ 1.9     $ 2.5     $ 1.9  
 
 
(1) Related to the Paxar acquisition
 
Stock-Based Compensation
The terms used in this section of Note 1 and Note 9, “Shareholders’ Equity and Stock-Based Compensation,” including “short-cut method” and “windfall tax benefit,” are as defined in SFAS No. 123(R), “Share-Based Payment.”
The Company’s stock-based compensation expense is the estimated fair value of options granted, amortized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period. The fair value of the Company’s stock option awards is estimated as of the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. This model requires input assumptions for the Company’s expected dividend yield, expected volatility, risk-free interest rate and the expected life of the options. The Company recognizes expense for stock-based compensation in accordance with the provisions of the SFAS No. 123(R).
The Company uses the short-cut method to calculate the historical pool of windfall tax benefits related to employee stock-based compensation awards, in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 123(R). In addition, the Company elected to follow the tax ordering laws to determine the sequence in which deductions and net operating loss carryforwards are utilized, as well as the direct-only approach to calculating the amount of windfall or shortfall tax benefits.
See also Note 9, “Shareholders’ Equity and Stock-Based Compensation.”
 
Environmental Expenditures
Environmental expenditures are generally expensed. However, environmental expenditures for newly acquired assets and those which extend or improve the economic useful life of existing assets are capitalized and amortized over the remaining asset life. The Company reviews each reporting period its estimates of costs of compliance with environmental laws related to remediation and cleanup of various sites, including sites in which governmental agencies have designated the Company as a potentially responsible party. When it is probable that obligations have been incurred and where a range of the cost of compliance or remediation can be estimated, the best estimate within the range is accrued. When the best

46

Avery Dennison 2008 Annual Report


 

estimate within the range cannot be determined, the low end of the range is accrued. Potential insurance reimbursements are not offset against potential liabilities, and such liabilities are not discounted. Refer to Note 8, “Contingencies,” for further information.
In December 2005, the Company adopted FASB Interpretation No. 47, “Accounting for Conditional Asset Retirement Obligations — an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 143.” As a result, the Company recognized a liability for the fair value of conditional asset retirement obligations based on estimates determined through present value techniques. An asset retirement is ‘conditional’ when the timing and (or) method of settlement of the retirement obligation is conditional upon a future event that may or may not be within the control of the Company. Certain potential obligations have not been included in the Company’s estimate, because the range of time over which the Company may settle the obligation or the method of settlement is unknown or cannot be reasonably estimated. The Company’s estimated liability associated with asset retirement obligations was not significant as of December 27, 2008.
 
Restructuring and Severance Costs
The Company accounts for restructuring costs including severance and other costs associated with exit or disposal activities following the guidance provided in SFAS No. 112, “Accounting for Postemployment Benefits,” and SFAS No. 146, “Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities.” In the U.S., the Company has a severance pay plan (“Pay Plan”), which provides eligible employees with severance payments in the event of an involuntary termination due to qualifying cost reduction actions. Severance pay is calculated by using a severance benefit formula under the Pay Plan. Accordingly, the provisions for such amounts and other related exit costs are recorded when they are probable and estimable as set forth under SFAS No. 112. In the absence of a Pay Plan or established local practices for overseas jurisdictions, liability for severance and other employee-related costs is recognized when the liability is incurred, following the guidance of SFAS No. 146. See also Note 10, “Cost Reduction Actions.”
 
Taxes on Income
Deferred tax assets and liabilities reflect temporary differences between the amount of assets and liabilities for financial and tax reporting purposes. Such amounts are adjusted, as appropriate, to reflect changes in tax rates expected to be in effect when the temporary differences reverse. A valuation allowance is recorded to reduce the Company’s deferred tax assets to the amount that is more likely than not to be realized.
Pursuant to SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes,” when establishing a valuation allowance, the Company considers future sources of taxable income such as “future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, future taxable income exclusive of reversing temporary differences and carryforwards” and “tax planning strategies.” SFAS No. 109 defines a tax planning strategy as “an action that: is prudent and feasible; an enterprise ordinarily might not take, but would take to prevent an operating loss or tax credit carryforward from expiring unused; and would result in realization of deferred tax assets.” In the event the Company determines that the deferred tax assets will not be realized in the future, the valuation adjustment to the deferred tax assets is charged to earnings in the period in which the Company makes such a determination. The Company has also acquired certain net deferred tax assets with existing valuation allowances. If it is later determined that it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will be realized, the Company will release the valuation allowance to current earnings or adjust the purchase price allocation.
The Company calculates its current and deferred tax provision based on estimates and assumptions that could differ from the actual results reflected in income tax returns filed in subsequent years. Adjustments based on filed returns are recorded when identified.
The amount of income taxes the Company pays is subject to ongoing audits by federal, state and foreign tax authorities. The Company’s estimate of the potential outcome of any uncertain tax issue is subject to management’s assessment of relevant risks, facts, and circumstances existing at that time, pursuant to FASB Interpretation No. 48 (“FIN 48”), “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes — an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109.” At the beginning of the first quarter of 2007 (December 31, 2006), the Company adopted the provisions of FIN 48 and recognized a decrease of $2.9 million in the liability for unrecognized tax benefits, which was accounted for as an increase to the beginning balance of retained earnings. FIN 48 requires a more-likely-than-not threshold for financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The Company records a liability for the difference between the benefit recognized and measured pursuant to FIN 48 and tax position taken or expected to be taken on the tax return. To the extent that the Company’s assessment of such tax positions changes, the change in estimate is recorded in the period in which the determination is made. The Company reports tax-related interest and penalties as a component of income tax expense.
Investment tax credits are accounted for in the period earned in accordance with the flow-through method.
See also Note 11, “Taxes Based on Income.”


 

 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 
Net Income Per Share
Net income per common share amounts were computed as follows:
 
                             
(In millions, except per share amounts)   2008     2007     2006  
   
 
(A)
 
Income from continuing operations
  $ 266.1     $ 303.5     $ 358.5  
(B)
 
Income from discontinued operations
                14.7  
 
 
(C)
 
Net income available to
common shareholders
  $ 266.1     $ 303.5     $ 373.2  
 
 
(D)
 
Weighted-average number of
common shares outstanding
    98.4       98.1       99.8  
   
Dilutive shares (additional common
shares issuable under employee
stock options, PUs, RSUs and
restricted stock)
    .3       .8       .6  
 
 
(E)
 
Weighted-average number of
common shares outstanding,
assuming dilution
    98.7       98.9       100.4  
 
 
   
Income from continuing operations
per common share (A) ¸ (D)
  $ 2.70     $ 3.09     $ 3.59  
   
Income from discontinued
operations per common
share (B) ¸ (D)
                .15  
 
 
   
Net income per common
share (C) ¸ (D)
  $ 2.70     $ 3.09     $ 3.74  
 
 
   
Income from continuing operations
per common share, assuming
dilution (A) ¸ (E)
  $ 2.70     $ 3.07     $ 3.57  
   
Income from discontinued
operations per common share,
assuming dilution (B) ¸ (E)
                .15  
 
 
   
Net income per common share,
assuming dilution (C) ¸ (E)
  $ 2.70     $ 3.07     $ 3.72  
 
 
 
Certain employee stock options and RSUs were not included in the computation of net income per common share, assuming dilution, because they would not have had a dilutive effect. Employee stock options and RSUs excluded from the computation represented an aggregate of 10.4 million shares in 2008, 4.4 million shares in 2007, and 4.6 million shares in 2006.
 
Comprehensive Income
Comprehensive income includes net income, foreign currency translation adjustment, net actuarial loss, prior service cost and net transition assets, net of tax, and the gains or losses on the effective portion of cash flow and firm commitment hedges, net of tax, that are currently presented as a component of shareholders’ equity. The Company’s total comprehensive (loss) income was $(101.2) million, $438.4 million and $468.9 million for 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
The components of accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income (net of tax, with the exception of the foreign currency translation adjustment), at year end were as follows:
 
                 
(In millions)   2008     2007  
   
 
Foreign currency translation adjustment
  $ 65.8     $ 243.1  
Net actuarial loss, prior service cost and
net transition assets, less amortization
    (332.5 )     (141.5 )
Net loss on derivative instruments
designated as cash flow and firm
commitment hedges
    (15.8 )     (16.8 )
 
 
Accumulated other comprehensive
(loss) income
  $ (282.5 )   $ 84.8  
 
 
 
Cash flow and firm commitment hedging instrument activities in other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax, were as follows:
 
                 
(In millions)   2008     2007  
   
 
Beginning accumulated derivative loss
  $ (16.8 )   $ (17.0 )
Net (gain) loss reclassified to earnings
    (2.9 )     10.5  
Net change in the revaluation of
hedging transactions
    3.9       (10.3 )
 
 
Ending accumulated derivative loss
  $ (15.8 )   $ (16.8 )
 
 
 
Business Combinations
The Company accounts for business combinations using the accounting requirements of SFAS No. 141, “Business Combinations.” In accordance with SFAS No. 141, the Company records the assets acquired and liabilities assumed from acquired businesses at fair value, and the Company makes estimates and assumptions to determine such fair values.
The Company utilizes a variety of assumptions and estimates that are believed to be reasonable in determining fair value for assets acquired and liabilities assumed. These assumptions and estimates include estimated future cash flows, growth rates, current replacement cost for similar capacity for certain assets, market rate assumptions for certain obligations and certain potential costs of compliance with environmental laws related to remediation and cleanup of acquired properties. The Company also utilizes information obtained from management of the acquired businesses and its historical experience from previous acquisitions.
The Company applies significant assumptions and estimates in determining certain intangible assets resulting from the acquisitions (such as customer relationships, patents and other acquired technology, and trademarks and trade names and related applicable useful lives), property, plant and equipment, receivables, inventories, investments, tax accounts, environmental liabilities, stock option awards, lease commitments and restructuring and integration costs. Unanticipated events and circumstances may occur, which may affect the accuracy or validity of such assumptions, estimates or actual results. As such, decreases to fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed (including cost estimates for certain obligations and liabilities) are recorded as an adjustment to goodwill indefinitely, whereas increases to the estimates are recorded as an adjustment to goodwill during the purchase price allocation period (generally within one year of the acquisition date) and as operating expenses thereafter.

48

Avery Dennison 2008 Annual Report


 

Recent Accounting Requirements
In December 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position FSP 132(R)-1, “Employers Disclosures about Postretirement Benefit Plan Assets,” which provides additional guidance on an employer’s disclosures about plan assets of a defined benefit pension or other postretirement plan. This interpretation is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2009. The adoption of this interpretation will increase the disclosures in the financial statements related to the assets of the Company’s pension and postretirement benefits plans. The Company is currently evaluating the disclosure implications of this Statement.
In August 2008, the FASB issued FSP Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) 08-07, “Accounting for Defensive Intangible Assets.” This issue clarifies that a defensive intangible asset should be accounted for as a separate unit of accounting. This applies to all intangible assets acquired, including intangible assets acquired in a business combination, in situations in which the acquirer does not intend to actively use the asset but intends to hold (lock up) the asset to prevent its competitors from obtaining access to the asset (defensive assets). FSP-EITF 08-07 is effective for intangible assets acquired on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on December 15, 2008. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this Statement on the Company’s financial results of operations and financial position.
In June 2008, the FASB issued FSP EITF 03-6-1, “Determining Whether Instruments Granted in Share-Based Payment Transactions Are Participating Securities.” Under this issue, unvested share-based payment awards that contain non-forfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents (whether paid or unpaid) are participating securities and shall be included in the computation of earnings per share pursuant to the two-class method. FSP-EITF 03-6-1 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, and interim periods within those years and requires retrospective application. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting FSP-EITF 03-6-1 on its earnings per share.
In May 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 162, “The Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles.” SFAS No. 162 identifies a consistent framework, or hierarchy, for selecting accounting principles to be used in preparing financial statements that are presented in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles for nongovernmental entities (the “Hierarchy”). The Hierarchy within SFAS No. 162 is consistent with that previously defined in the AICPA Statement on Auditing Standards (“SAS”) No. 69, “The Meaning of Present Fairly in Conformity With Generally Accepted Accounting Principles.” SFAS No. 162 is effective 60 days following the United States Securities and Exchange Commission’s approval of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board amendments to AU Section 411, “The Meaning of Present Fairly in Conformity With Generally Accepted Accounting Principles.” The adoption of SFAS No. 162 will not have a material effect on the Consolidated Financial Statements because the Company has utilized the guidance within SAS No. 69.
In April 2008, the FASB directed the FASB Staff to issue FSP No. 142-3, “Determination of the Useful Life of Intangible Assets.” FSP No. 142-3 amends the factors that should be considered in developing renewal or extension assumptions used for purposes of determining the useful life of a recognized intangible asset under SFAS No. 142. FSP FAS No. 142-3 is intended to improve the consistency between the useful life of a recognized intangible asset under SFAS No. 142 and the period of expected cash flows used to measure the fair value of the asset under SFAS No. 141(R) and other U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. FSP No. 142-3 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. Earlier application is not permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this Statement on the Company’s financial results of operations and financial position.
In March 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 161, “Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, an amendment of FASB Statement No. 133.” This Statement is intended to improve transparency in financial reporting by requiring enhanced disclosures of an entity’s derivative instruments and hedging activities and their effects on the entity’s financial position, financial performance, and cash flows. SFAS No. 161 applies to all derivative instruments within the scope of SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities,” as well as related hedged items, bifurcated derivatives, and non-derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as hedging instruments. Entities with instruments subject to SFAS No. 161 must provide more robust qualitative disclosures and expanded quantitative disclosures. SFAS No. 161 is effective prospectively for financial statements issued for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008, with early application permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the disclosure implications of this Statement.
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, “Non-controlling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements — an amendment of Accounting Review Board (“ARB”) No. 51.” This Statement is effective for fiscal years and interim periods, beginning on or after December 15, 2008, with earlier adoption prohibited. This Statement requires the recognition of a non-controlling interest (minority interest) as equity in the consolidated financial statements and separate from the parent’s equity. The amount of net income attributable to the non-controlling interest will be included in consolidated net income on the income statement. It also amends certain of ARB No. 51’s consolidation procedures for consistency with the requirements of SFAS No. 141(R). This Statement also includes expanded disclosure requirements regarding the interests of the parent and its non-controlling interest. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this Statement on the Company’s financial results of operations and financial position.
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141(R), “Business Combinations.” This Statement replaces SFAS No. 141, “Business Combinations,” and defines the acquirer as the entity that obtains control of one or more businesses in the business combination and establishes the acquisition date as the date that the acquirer achieves control. This Statement’s scope is broader than that of SFAS No. 141, which applied only to business combinations in which control was obtained by transferring consideration. In general, SFAS No. 141(R) requires the acquiring entity in a business combination to recognize the fair value of all the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the transaction; establishes the acquisition-date as the fair value measurement point; and modifies the disclosure requirements. This Statement applies prospectively to business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2008. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this Statement on the Company’s financial results of operations and financial position. However, starting fiscal 2009, accounting for changes in valuation allowances for acquired deferred tax assets ($40.8 million, if recognized) and the resolution of uncertain tax positions ($48.2 million, if recognized) for prior business combinations will impact tax expense instead of goodwill.


 

 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities — Including an Amendment of FAS 115 (February 2007).” This Statement details the disclosures required for items measured at fair value. This Statement is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. The adoption of SFAS No. 159 did not affect the Company’s financial results of operations or financial position as the Company did not elect the fair value option for its eligible financial assets or liabilities.
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements,” which is effective for fiscal years and interim periods after November 15, 2007. This statement defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands the related disclosure requirements. This statement applies to all financial assets and liabilities and to all non-financial assets and liabilities that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring basis. The statement indicates, among other things, that a fair value measurement assumes that the transaction to sell an asset or transfer a liability occurs in the principal market for the asset or liability or, in the absence of a principal market, the most advantageous market for the asset or liability. SFAS No. 157 defines fair value based upon an exit price model. In connection with the issuance of SFAS No. 157, the FASB issued FSP Nos. 157-1 and 157-2. FSP No. 157-1 amends SFAS No. 157 to exclude SFAS No. 13, “Accounting for Leases,” and its related interpretive accounting pronouncements that address leasing transactions. FSP No. 157-2 delays the effective date of the application of SFAS No. 157 to fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008 for all non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a nonrecurring basis. The Company adopted SFAS No. 157 as of the beginning of 2008 fiscal year, with the exception of the application of the statement to non-recurring non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities. Non-recurring non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities for which the Company has not applied the provisions of SFAS No. 157 include those measured at fair value in goodwill impairment testing, indefinitely-lived intangible assets measured at fair value for impairment testing, and those initially measured at fair value in business combinations. The adoption of SFAS No. 157 did not have a significant impact on the Company’s financial results of operations or financial position.
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans, an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106, and 132(R).” This Statement requires (a) the recognition of funded status of a defined benefit postretirement plan in the statement of financial position and changes in the funded status through comprehensive income; (b) as a component of other comprehensive income, the recognition of actuarial gains and losses and the prior service costs and credits (net of tax) that arise during the period, but are not recognized in the income statement; (c) measurement of defined benefit plan assets and obligations as of the date of the employer’s fiscal year end statement of financial position; and (d) disclosure of additional information about certain effects on net periodic benefit cost for the next fiscal year, that arise from delayed recognition of the gains and losses, prior service costs or credits, and transition assets or obligations. The Company adopted all provisions of SFAS No. 158, including changing the measurement date of the majority of the U.S. plans to coincide with the fiscal year end. The adoption of SFAS No. 158 has reduced total shareholders’ equity by approximately $57 million, net of tax, in 2006. The adoption of SFAS No. 158 did not affect the Company’s financial results of operations as of December 30, 2006.
 
Related Party Transactions
From time to time, the Company enters into transactions in the normal course of business with related parties. Management believes that such transactions are at arm’s length and for terms that would have been obtained from unaffiliated third parties.
One of the Company’s directors, Peter W. Mullin, is the chairman, chief executive officer and a director of MC Insurance Services, Inc. (“MC”), Mullin Insurance Services, Inc. (“MINC”), and PWM Insurance Services, Inc. (“PWM”), executive compensation and benefit consultants and insurance agents. Mr. Mullin is also the majority stockholder of MC, MINC and PWM (collectively referred to as the “Mullin Companies”). In October 2008, the Mullin Companies’ executive benefit and insurance agency related entities (MC Insurance Agency Services, LLC — “MCIA,” MullinTBG Insurance Agency Services, LLC — “MullinTBG,” and MullinTBG Advisory Services — “MullinTBG Advisors”) were sold to Prudential Financial (“Prudential”). The Company paid premiums to insurance carriers for life insurance placed by the Mullin Companies in connection with various of the Company’s employee benefit plans. The Mullin Companies and Prudential have advised the Company that they earned commissions from such insurance carriers for the placement and renewal of this insurance. Approximately 50% of these commissions were allocated to and used by MullinTBG (a previous affiliate of MC and now a wholly-owned affiliate of Prudential) to administer benefit plans and provide benefit statement information to participants under various of the Company’s employee benefit plans. During 2008, MullinTBG also provided financial advisory services to participants in certain of the Company’s employee benefit plans. The Mullin Companies own a minority interest in M Financial Holdings, Inc. (“MFH”). Substantially all of the life insurance policies, which the Company placed through the Mullin Companies, are issued by insurance carriers that participate in reinsurance agreements entered into between these insurance carriers and M Life Insurance Company (“M Life”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of MFH. Reinsurance returns earned by M Life are determined annually by the insurance carriers and can be negative or positive, depending upon the results of M Life’s aggregate reinsurance pool, which consists of the insured lives reinsured by M Life. The Mullin Companies have advised the Company that they participated in net reinsurance gains of M Life. In addition, the Mullin Companies have advised the Company that they also participated in net reinsurance gains of M Life that are subject to risk of forfeiture. None of these transactions were significant to the financial position or financial results of operations of the Company.

50

Avery Dennison 2008 Annual Report


 

Summary of Related Party Activity:
 
                         
(In millions)   2008     2007     2006  
   
 
Mullin Companies and Prudential commissions on the Company’s insurance premiums and advisory fees
  $ .6     $ .4     $ .5  
Mr. Mullin’s direct & indirect interest in these commissions and fees
    .3       .3       .4  
 
 
Mullin Companies reinsurance gains (without risk of forfeiture) ascribed by M Life to the Company’s life insurance policies
    .2       .2       .3  
Mr. Mullin’s direct & indirect interest in reinsurance gains (without risk of forfeiture)
    .1       .1       .2  
 
 
Mullin Companies reinsurance gains (subject to risk of forfeiture) ascribed by M Life to the Company’s life insurance policies
    .05       .8       .6  
Mr. Mullin’s direct & indirect interest in reinsurance gains (subject to risk of forfeiture)
    .04       .5       .4  
 
 
 
NOTE 2.  ACQUISITIONS
 
On June 15, 2007, the Company completed the acquisition of Paxar Corporation (“Paxar”), a global leader in retail tag, ticketing, and branding systems. In accordance with the terms of the acquisition agreement, each outstanding share of Paxar common stock, par value $0.10, was converted into the right to receive $30.50 in cash. At June 15, 2007, outstanding options to purchase Paxar Common Stock, shares of Paxar restricted stock and Paxar performance share awards were converted into weight-adjusted options to purchase the Company’s common stock, shares of the Company’s restricted stock and, at the Company’s election, shares of the Company’s restricted stock or the Company’s restricted stock units, respectively. Since the date of acquisition, certain of these equity awards have vested on an accelerated basis.
The Paxar operations are included in the Company’s Retail Information Services segment. The combination of the Paxar business into the Retail Information Services segment increases the Company’s presence in the retail information and brand identification market, combines complementary strengths and broadens the range of the Company’s product and service capabilities, improves the Company’s ability to meet customer demands for product innovation and improved quality of service, and facilitates expansion into new product and geographic segments. The integration of the acquisition into the Company’s operations has resulted in significant cost synergies.
 
Purchase Price Allocation
The total purchase price was approximately $1.33 billion for the outstanding shares of Paxar, including transaction costs of approximately $15 million. The acquisition was initially funded by commercial paper borrowings, supported by a bridge revolving credit facility (see Note 4, “Debt”).
In accordance with SFAS No. 141, “Business Combinations,” the allocation of the purchase price has been made and recorded in the Consolidated Financial Statements. During 2008, the Company recorded net adjustments of approximately $10 million to the purchase price allocation, which included adjustments related to environmental liability, restructuring liability, inventory, property, plant and equipment, intangible assets and certain tax assets and liabilities.
The following table summarizes the allocation of the purchase price to the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of the acquisition.
 
         
(In millions)   June 15, 2007  
   
 
Current assets (including cash and cash equivalents of approximately $47 million)
  $ 365.1  
Property, plant, and equipment, net
    250.8  
Other assets
    1.1  
Intangible assets
    241.6  
Goodwill
    941.6  
 
 
Total assets acquired
  $ 1,800.2  
 
 
Current liabilities
    222.1  
Other long-term liabilities
    220.3  
Other equity
    24.6  
 
 
Total liabilities and other equity
  $ 467.0  
 
 
Net assets acquired
  $ 1,333.2  
 
 
 
As a result of the Paxar acquisition, the Company assumed liabilities of approximately $442 million, including accounts payable and other current and long-term liabilities. Included in this amount is approximately $5 million of long-term debt, which remains outstanding at December 27, 2008. In addition, the Company has assumed additional standby letters of credit of $7.3 million.
Included in the assumed current liabilities were accrued restructuring costs related to Paxar’s pre-acquisition restructuring program. At December 27, 2008, approximately $.8 million remained accrued in connection with this program.
The excess of the cost-basis over the fair value of the net tangible assets acquired is approximately $1.18 billion, including goodwill of approximately $942 million and identified intangible assets of approximately $242 million, which includes amortizable and non-amortizable intangible assets.
Identifiable intangible assets consist of customer relationships, patents and other acquired technology and other intangibles. These intangible assets include approximately $183 million for customer relationships with a weighted-average useful life of ten years; approximately $25 million for patents and other acquired technology with a weighted-average useful life of eight years; and approximately $4 million for other intangibles with a weighted-average useful life of ten years. These acquired amortizable intangible assets have an estimated weighted-average useful life of nine years. Furthermore, approximately $30 million of the acquired intangible assets related to trade names and trademarks are not subject to amortization because they have an indefinite useful life.
The goodwill from this acquisition is not expected to be deductible for U.S. tax purposes. Refer also to Note 3, “Goodwill and Other Intangibles Resulting from Business Acquisitions.”
There were no in-progress research and development assets acquired as a result of the acquisition.
 
Paxar Integration Actions
As a result of the Paxar acquisition, the Company identified certain liabilities and other costs of $25 million for restructuring actions, which were recorded as part of the Company’s purchase price allocation. Included in this amount are severance costs for involuntary terminations of


 

 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

approximately 1,365 Paxar employees of $21.1 million, lease cancellation costs of $3.2 million, and other related costs of $.7 million. Severance costs are included in “Other accrued liabilities” in the Consolidated Balance Sheet. Severance and other employee costs represent cash paid or to be paid to employees terminated under these actions.
 
         
    Purchase Price
 
(In millions)   Adjustments  
   
 
Total severance and other employee costs accrued
  $ 21.1  
2007 Settlements
    (5.8 )
2008 Settlements
    (12.2 )
 
 
Balance at December 27, 2008
  $ 3.1  
 
 
Other
       
Lease cancellations
  $ 3.2  
Other
    .7  
 
 
    $ 3.9  
 
 
 
In addition, as part of these actions, the Company reduced the acquired value for certain acquired property, plant and equipment by $6.7 million, which is reflected in the allocation of the purchase price.
 
Employee-related Items
In connection with this acquisition, certain change-in-control provisions provided that $27.8 million was to be paid to certain key executives of Paxar. This amount includes severance, bonuses, accelerated vesting of stock options, performance share awards, restricted stock, and other items. In connection with these items, $.2 million remained accrued in “Other accrued liabilities” in the Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 27, 2008. New employment agreements for certain key executives retained by the Company provided for approximately $8 million to be accrued over their requisite service periods, of which $5 million was recorded during 2007 and $2.8 million was recorded during 2008 in the Consolidated Statement of Income.
The estimated fair value of equity includes the total amount related to converted Paxar stock options and performance share awards of approximately $24 million. This total includes amounts related to converted but unvested stock options and performance share awards (approximately $5 million), which will be recognized in the Company’s operating results over the remaining vesting periods of these equity awards. Refer to Note 9, “Shareholders’ Equity and Stock-Based Compensation,” for further information.
 
Pro Forma Results of Operations
The following table represents the unaudited pro forma results of operations for the Company as though the acquisition of Paxar had occurred at the beginning of 2007. The pro forma results include estimated interest expense associated with commercial paper borrowings to fund the acquisition; amortization of intangible assets that have been acquired; adjustment to income tax provision using the worldwide combined effective tax rates of both the Company and Paxar; elimination of intercompany sales and profit in inventory; fair value adjustments to inventory; and additional depreciation resulting from fair value amounts allocated to real and personal property over the estimated useful lives. The pro forma results of operations have been prepared based on the allocation of the purchase price. This pro forma information is for comparison purposes only, and is not necessarily indicative of the results that would have occurred had the acquisition been completed at the beginning of 2007, nor is it necessarily indicative of future results.
 
       
(In millions, except per share amounts)   2007(1)
 
 
Net sales
  $ 6,722.3
 
 
Net income
    278.4
 
 
Net income per common share
    2.84
 
 
Net income per common share, assuming dilution
    2.81
 
 
(1) The pro forma results of operations for fiscal year 2007 include the Company’s restructuring costs and other charges discussed in Note 12, “Segment Information.”
 
Prior to the acquisition, the Company sold certain roll materials products to Paxar. The Company’s net sales to Paxar prior to the acquisition were approximately $8 million during 2007.
 
Other Acquisitions
On April 1, 2008, the Company acquired DM Label Group (“DM Label”). DM Label operations are included in the Company’s Retail Information Services segment. Since the acquisition, the impact of this acquisition on the Company’s revenues was approximately $36 million during 2008.
 
NOTE 3. GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLES RESULTING FROM BUSINESS ACQUISITIONS
 
The Company estimates the fair value of its reporting units, using various valuation techniques, with the primary technique being a discounted cash flow analysis. A discounted cash flow analysis requires the Company to make various judgmental assumptions about sales, operating margins, growth rates and discount rates. Assumptions about discount rates are based on a weighted-average cost of capital for comparable companies. Assumptions about sales, operating margins, and growth rates are based on the Company’s forecasts, business plans, economic projections, anticipated future cash flows and marketplace data. Assumptions are also made for varying perpetual growth rates for periods beyond the long-term business plan period. Because of the increased uncertainty resulting from worsening global economic conditions, the Company’s revenue projections generally assumed reductions in 2009 and a period of recovery beginning in 2010.
The Company’s first step impairment analysis for 2008 indicated that the fair value of each of its reporting units exceeded its carrying value, and therefore, no impairment was recognized. The fair values of the Company’s reporting units, except for the retail information services reporting unit, exceeded the carrying amount by more than 100% of the respective reporting unit’s book value of goodwill at December 27, 2008. The fair value of the Company’s retail information services reporting unit exceeded its carrying value by approximately 5% of its book value of goodwill at December 27, 2008 (approximately $1.2 billion).
In evaluating the fair value of the retail information services reporting unit, the Company assumed revenue declines for 2009 from 2008 reflecting a continuation of weakness in the retail apparel markets. The Company then assumed revenue in 2010 increased to levels comparable with fiscal year 2007 (including estimated sales for Paxar and DM Label, adjusted for foreign currency translation). The Company also assumed a discount rate

52

Avery Dennison 2008 Annual Report


 

of 11.8% and a perpetual growth rate of 3% reflecting the market conditions in the fourth quarter of 2008. The retail information services business is seasonal, with higher volume in the second quarter. The Company may need to perform an impairment test in the second quarter of 2009 if revenues or results for this reporting unit during the first and second quarters of 2009 are below the Company’s estimates, the perpetual growth rate is decreased below 2.7%, the discount rate increases above 12%, or other key assumptions used in the Company’s fair value calculations in the fourth quarter of 2008 change.
Changes in the net carrying amount of goodwill from continuing operations for 2008 and 2007, by reportable segment, are as follows:
                                         
                      Other
       
    Pressure-
    Retail
    Office and
    specialty
       
    sensitive
    Information
    Consumer
    converting
       
(In millions)   Materials     Services     Products     businesses     Total  
   
 
Balance as of December 30, 2006
  $ 332.4     $ 200.5     $ 169.1     $ 13.9     $ 715.9  
Goodwill acquired during the period(1)
          935.7                   935.7  
Acquisition adjustments(2)
          (.5 )                 (.5 )
Translation adjustments
    21.6       2.0       8.5       .1       32.2  
 
 
Balance as of December 29, 2007
  $ 354.0     $ 1,137.7     $ 177.6     $ 14.0     $ 1,683.3  
Goodwill acquired during the period(3)
          45.1                   45.1  
Acquisition adjustments(4)
    .3       10.3                   10.6  
Transfers(5)
          10.4             (10.4 )      
Translation adjustments
    (19.9 )     8.1       (10.4 )     (.1 )     (22.3 )
 
 
Balance as of December 27, 2008
  $ 334.4     $ 1,211.6     $ 167.2     $ 3.5     $ 1,716.7  
 
 
(1) Goodwill acquired during the period includes Paxar acquisition in June 2007, as well as buy-outs of minority interest shareholders associated with RVL Packaging, Inc. and Paxar.
 
(2) Acquisition adjustments in 2007 consisted of a tax adjustment associated with RVL Packaging, Inc.
 
(3) Goodwill acquired during the period related to the DM Label acquisition in April 2008.
 
(4) Acquisition adjustments in 2008 consisted of opening balance sheet adjustments associated with the Paxar acquisition in June 2007.
 
(5) Related to the transfer of a business from other specialty converting businesses to Retail Information Services to align with a change in the Company’s internal reporting structure.
 
As of December 27, 2008, goodwill and other intangible assets and related useful lives include the allocations of the purchase price of the Paxar and DM Label acquisitions, based on valuations of the acquired assets. Refer to Note 2, “Acquisitions,” for further information.
In connection with the Paxar acquisition, the Company acquired approximately $30 million of intangible assets, consisting of certain trade names and trademarks, which are not subject to amortization because they have an indefinite useful life. These intangible assets, which are not included in the table below, had a negative currency impact of $.5 million at December 27, 2008.
The following table sets forth the Company’s other intangible assets resulting from business acquisitions at December 27, 2008 and December 29, 2007, which continue to be amortized:
 
                                                 
    2008     2007  
         
    Gross
          Net
    Gross
          Net
 
    Carrying
    Accumulated
    Carrying
    Carrying
    Accumulated
    Carrying
 
(In millions)   Amount     Amortization     Amount     Amount     Amortization     Amount  
         
 
Amortizable other intangible assets:
                                               
Customer relationships
  $ 295.9     $ 67.4     $ 228.5     $ 276.1     $ 41.8     $ 234.3  
Patents and other acquired technology
    53.6       18.8       34.8       52.4       14.1       38.3  
Trade names and trademarks
    45.1       38.1       7.0       46.2       38.6       7.6  
Other intangibles
    8.8       5.0       3.8       8.6       4.6       4.0  
 
 
Total
  $ 403.4     $ 129.3     $ 274.1     $ 383.3     $ 99.1     $ 284.2  
 
 
 
Amortization expense on other intangible assets resulting from business acquisitions was $32.8 million for 2008, $19.9 million for 2007, and $11.1 million for 2006. The estimated amortization expense for other intangible assets resulting from completed business acquisitions for each of the next five fiscal years is expected to be approximately $30 million in 2009, and $29 million per year in 2010 through 2013.
The weighted-average amortization periods from the date of acquisition for amortizable intangible assets resulting from business acquisitions are thirteen years for customer relationships, thirteen years for patents and other acquired technology, twelve years for trade names and trademarks, eight years for other intangibles and thirteen years in total. As of December 27, 2008, the weighted-average remaining useful life of acquired amortizable intangible assets are ten years for customer relationships, eight years for patents and other acquired technology, five years for trade names and trademarks, five years for other intangibles and nine years in total.


 

 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

NOTE 4. DEBT
 
Long-term debt and its respective weighted-average interest rates at December 27, 2008 consisted of the following:
 
                 
(In millions)   2008     2007  
   
 
Medium-term notes
Series 1995 at 7.5% – due 2015 through 2025
  $ 50.0     $ 50.0  
Series 1998 at 5.9% – due 2008
          50.0  
Senior notes due 2013 at 4.9%
    250.0       250.0  
Senior notes due 2033 at 6.0%
    150.0       150.0  
Bank term loan due 2011 at a floating rate of 2.4%
    400.0        
Senior notes due 2017 at 6.6%
    249.0       248.9  
Senior notes due 2020 at 7.9%
    440.0       440.0  
Other long-term borrowings
    6.3       6.6  
Less amount classified as current
    (.5 )     (50.5 )
 
 
    $ 1,544.8     $ 1,145.0  
 
 
 
The Company’s medium-term notes have maturities from 2015 through 2025 and accrue interest at fixed rates.
Maturities of long-term debt during the years 2009 through 2013 are $.5 million (classified as current), $.6 million, $405.2 million, $0, and $250 million, respectively, with $889 million maturing in 2014 and thereafter.
In February 2008, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company entered into a credit agreement for a term loan credit facility with fifteen domestic and foreign banks for a total commitment of $400 million, maturing February 8, 2011. The subsidiary’s payment and performance under the agreement are guaranteed by the Company. Financing available under the agreement was permitted to be used for working capital and other general corporate purposes. The Company used the term loan credit facility to reduce commercial paper borrowings previously issued to fund the acquisition of Paxar. The term loan credit facility is subject to customary financial covenants, including a maximum leverage ratio and a minimum interest coverage ratio. See below for discussion on compliance with these covenants. Refer to Note 15, “Subsequent Events,” for further information.
In February 2008, the Company terminated its bridge revolving credit agreement, dated June 13, 2007, with five domestic and foreign banks.
In the fourth quarter of 2007, the Company filed a shelf registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission to permit the issuance of debt and equity securities. Proceeds from the shelf offering may be used for general corporate purposes, including repaying, redeeming or repurchasing existing debt, and for working capital, capital expenditures and acquisitions. This shelf registration replaced the shelf registration statement filed in 2004. The HiMEDS units discussed below were issued under this registration statement.
In the fourth quarter of 2007, the Company issued $440 million of 7.875% Corporate HiMEDS units, a mandatory convertible debt issue. These HiMEDS units are comprised of two components — purchase contracts obligating the holders to purchase from the Company a certain number of shares in 2010 ranging from approximately 6.8 million to approximately 8.6 million shares (depending on the stock price at that time) and senior notes due in 2020. The net proceeds from the offering were approximately $427 million, which were used to reduce commercial paper borrowings initially used to finance the Paxar acquisition. Refer to Note 15, “Subsequent Events,” for further information regarding the Company’s offer to exchange up to approximately 8.4 million shares, or 95%, of these HiMEDS units.
In September 2007, a subsidiary of the Company issued $250 million 10-year senior notes (guaranteed by the Company) bearing interest at a rate of 6.625% per year, due October 2017. The net proceeds from the offering were approximately $247 million and were used to pay down current long-term debt maturities of $150 million and reduce commercial paper borrowings of $97 million initially used to finance the Paxar acquisition.
In August 2007, the Company amended its existing revolving credit agreement, increasing commitments from $525 million to $1 billion and extending the maturity to August 2012. Commitments were provided by twelve domestic and foreign banks. Financing available under the agreement will be used as a commercial paper back-up facility and is also available to finance other corporate requirements.
At December 27, 2008, short-term variable rate domestic borrowings were from a mix of commercial paper and the revolving credit agreement. Short-term variable rate borrowings were $558 million at December 27, 2008 (weighted-average interest rate of 0.9%) and $990.2 million at December 29, 2007 (weighted-average interest rate of 5.2%). The change in outstanding short-term variable rate domestic borrowings was primarily due to the refinancing of short-term debt with the $400 million term loan credit facility.
At December 27, 2008, the Company had $106.4 million of borrowings outstanding under foreign short-term lines of credit with a weighted-average interest rate of 6.9%. Included in this balance was $42.2 million of debt outstanding under an agreement for a 364-day revolving credit facility in which a foreign bank provides the Company up to Euro 30 million ($42.2 million) in borrowings through March 5, 2009. There was no debt outstanding under this agreement as of December 29, 2007.
Uncommitted lines of credit were approximately $468 million at year end 2008. The Company’s uncommitted lines of credit have no commitment expiration date, and may be cancelled at any time by the Company or the banks.
At December 27, 2008, the Company had available short-term financing arrangements totaling approximately $845 million.
Commitment fees relating to the financing arrangements are not significant.
The Company’s total interest costs in 2008, 2007 and 2006 were $122.1 million, $111.1 million and $60.5 million, respectively, of which $6.2 million, $5.9 million and $5 million, respectively, were capitalized as part of the cost of assets.
The terms of various loan agreements in effect at December 27, 2008 require that the Company maintain specified ratios on total debt and interest expense in relation to certain measures of income. Under the loan agreements, the Company’s leverage ratio, which is calculated as the ratio of total debt to earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, and other non-cash expenses for the most recent twelve-month fiscal period, may not exceed 3.5 to 1.0. In addition, the Company’s interest coverage ratio, which is calculated as earnings before interest, taxes, and other non-cash expenses, as a ratio to interest for the most recent twelve-month fiscal period, may not be less than 3.5 to 1.0. As of December 27, 2008, the Company was in compliance with these debt covenants. In January 2009, the Company amended the covenants included in the revolving credit agreement and term loan agreement to exclude certain restructuring charges and to adjust covenant levels. The adjusted

54

Avery Dennison 2008 Annual Report


 

covenant levels change quarterly and revert back to the pre-amendment levels during 2010. The amendments also reflect increased pricing levels for borrowings under both agreements consistent with the current pricing environment. See Note 15, “Subsequent Events” for more information.
The fair value of the Company’s debt is estimated based on the discounted amount of future cash flows using the current rates offered to the Company for debt of the same remaining maturities. At year end 2008 and 2007, the fair value of the Company’s total debt, including short-term borrowings, was $1,944.2 million and $2,250.7 million, respectively. These amounts were determined primarily based on Level 2 inputs as defined in SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements.” Refer to Note 1, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.”
The Company had standby letters of credit outstanding of $70.6 million and $80.9 million at the end of 2008 and 2007, respectively. The aggregate contract amount of outstanding standby letters of credit approximated fair value.
 
NOTE 5.  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
 
The aggregate reclassification from other comprehensive income to earnings for settlement or ineffectiveness of hedge activity was a net gain of $2.9 million and a net loss of $10.5 million during 2008 and 2007, respectively. Included in the 2007 reclassification from other comprehensive income to earnings was a net loss of $4.8 million related to certain cash flow hedges that were ineffective, which was included in “Other expense, net” in the Consolidated Statement of Income. The effect of the settlement of currency hedges included in this reclassification is offset by the currency impact of the underlying hedged activity. A net loss of approximately $7 million is expected to be reclassified from other comprehensive income to earnings within the next 12 months.
In June 2007 and August 2007, the Company entered into certain interest rate option contracts to hedge its exposure related to interest rate increases in connection with anticipated long-term debt issuances. Such debt issuances were intended to replace short-term borrowings initially used to finance the Paxar acquisition, as well as pay down current long-term debt maturities. In connection with these transactions, the Company paid $11.5 million as option premiums, of which $4.8 million was recognized as a cash flow hedge loss in the Consolidated Statement of Income for the year ended December 29, 2007, and $6.7 million is being amortized over the life of the related forecasted hedged transactions.
The carrying value of the foreign exchange forward and natural gas futures contracts approximated the fair value, which, based on quoted market prices of comparable instruments, was a net liability of $42.5 million and $1.4 million at December 27, 2008 and December 29, 2007, respectively.
The carrying value of the foreign exchange option contracts, based on quoted market prices of comparable instruments, was a net asset of $.1 million and $.2 million at December 27, 2008 and December 29, 2007, respectively. The carrying value of the foreign exchange option contracts approximated the fair market value.
The counterparties to foreign exchange and natural gas forward, option and swap contracts consist primarily of major international financial institutions. The Company centrally monitors its positions and the financial strength of its counterparties. Therefore, although the Company may be exposed to losses in the event of nonperformance by these counterparties, it does not anticipate such losses. During 2008, the Company did not experience any losses.
 
NOTE 6.  PENSION AND OTHER POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS
 
Defined Benefit Plans
The Company sponsors a number of defined benefit plans (the “Plan”) covering substantially all U.S. employees and employees in certain other countries. It is the Company’s policy to make contributions to the Plan that are sufficient to meet the minimum funding requirements of applicable laws and regulations, plus additional amounts, if any, that management determines to be appropriate. Benefits payable to employees are based primarily on years of service and employees’ pay during their employment with the Company. Certain benefits provided by one of the Company’s U.S. defined benefit plans may be paid, in part, from an employee stock ownership plan. While the Company has not expressed any intent to terminate the Plan, the Company may do so at any time.
The Company’s U.S. defined benefit pension plans and early retiree medical plan were closed to employees hired after December 31, 2008. Employees who participated in these plans before December 31, 2008 will continue to participate and accrue pension benefits after satisfying the eligibility requirements of these plans. In connection with these closures, the Avery Dennison Corporation Employee Savings Plan (“Savings Plan” — a 401(k) savings plan covering its U.S. employees) has increased the Company’s maximum matching contribution. This enhancement is only available to employees who are not eligible to participate in the Company’s defined benefit pension plans and early retiree medical plan.
 
Plan Assets
Assets of the Company’s U.S. defined benefit pension plans are invested in a diversified portfolio that consists primarily of equity and fixed income securities. Furthermore, equity investments are diversified across U.S. and non-U.S. stocks, including growth, value, and both small and large capitalization stocks. The Company’s target plan asset investment allocation in the U.S. is 75% in equity securities and 25% in fixed income securities, subject to periodic fluctuations in the respective asset classes above. As of December 31, 2007, the Plan assets included investments in the Company’s stock, which totaled approximately 630,000 shares. This amount, however, does not include any shares that may be held in index or other equity funds.
Assets of the Company’s international plans are invested in accordance with local accepted practice, with asset allocations and investments varying by country and plan. Investments utilized by the various plans include equity securities, fixed income securities, real estate and insurance contracts.
The weighted-average asset allocations for the Company’s defined benefit pension plans at year end 2008 and 2007, by asset category are as follows:
 
                                 
    2008     2007  
         
    U.S.     Int’l     U.S.     Int’l  
         
 
Equity securities
    60 %     43 %     74 %     55 %
Fixed income securities
    40       49       26       35  
Real estate and insurance contracts
          8             10  
 
 
Total
    100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %
 
 
 
Postretirement Health Benefits
The Company provides postretirement health benefits to certain U.S. retired employees up to the age of 65 under a cost-sharing


 

 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

arrangement, and provides supplemental Medicare benefits to certain U.S. retirees over the age of 65. The Company’s policy is to fund the cost of the postretirement benefits on a cash basis. The Company uses a fiscal year end measurement date for its postretirement health benefit plan. While the Company has not expressed any intent to terminate postretirement health benefits, the Company may do so at any time.
 
Measurement Date
The Company uses a calendar year end measurement date for both its U.S. and international plans.
 
Plan Assumptions
Discount Rate
The Company, in consultation with its actuaries, annually reviews and determines the discount rates to be used in connection with its postretirement obligations. The assumed discount rate for each pension plan reflects market rates for high quality corporate bonds currently available. In the U.S., the Company’s discount rate was determined by evaluating several yield curves consisting of large populations of high quality corporate bonds. The projected pension benefit payment streams were then matched with the bond portfolios to determine a rate that reflected the liability duration unique to the Company’s plans.
 
Long-term Return on Assets
The Company determines the long-term rate of return assumption for plan assets by reviewing the historical and expected returns of both the equity and fixed income markets, taking into consideration that assets with higher volatility typically generate a greater return over the long run. Additionally, current market conditions, such as interest rates, are evaluated and peer data is reviewed to check for reasonability and appropriateness.
 
Healthcare Cost Trend Rate
For measurement purposes, a 7% annual rate of increase in the per capita cost of covered health care benefits was assumed for 2009. This rate is expected to decrease to approximately 5% by 2011.
A one-percentage-point change in assumed health care cost trend rates would have the following effects:
 
                 
    One-
    One-
 
    percentage-
    percentage-
 
    point
    point
 
(In millions)   increase     decrease  
 
 
Effect on total of service and interest cost components
  $ .01     $ (.01 )
Effect on postretirement benefit obligation
    1.05       (1.24 )
 
 
 
Plan Balance Sheet Reconciliations
The following provides a reconciliation of benefit obligations, plan assets, funded status of the plans and accumulated other comprehensive income:
 
Plan Benefit Obligations
                                                 
                U.S. Postretirement
 
    Pension Benefits     Health Benefits  
         
    2008     2007     2008
    2007
 
(In millions)   U.S.     Int’l     U.S.     Int’l      
     
 
         
 
Change in projected benefit obligation:
                                               
Projected benefit obligation at beginning of year
  $ 581.7     $ 515.7     $ 557.2     $ 507.2     $ 29.7     $ 32.9  
Service cost
    19.5       14.1       18.5       14.3       1.0       1.0  
Interest cost
    36.1       28.1       34.1       24.1       1.8       1.6  
Participant contribution
          4.0             3.4              
Amendments
          .8             (.5 )            
Actuarial (gain) loss
    8.1       (45.7 )     (9.9 )     (44.0 )     2.4       (.1 )
Plan transfer(1)
    1.9             3.9                    
Benefits paid
    (35.4 )     (18.7 )     (34.1 )     (19.7 )     (3.1 )     (6.0 )
Net transfer in(2)
          6.5       12.0                   .3  
Pension curtailment
          (.2 )                        
Pension settlements
          (.8 )                        
Foreign currency translation
          (53.9 )           30.9              
 
 
Projected benefit obligation at end of year
  $ 611.9     $ 449.9     $ 581.7     $ 515.7     $ 31.8     $ 29.7  
 
 
                                                 
                 
                 
Accumulated benefit obligation at end of year
  $ 586.8     $ 417.7     $ 551.5     $ 476.0  
                 
                 
(1) Plan transfer represents transfer from the Company’s savings plan.
 
(2) Net transfer in represents certain retirement plans assumed from DM Label in 2008 and Paxar in 2007.

56

Avery Dennison 2008 Annual Report


 

Plan Assets
                                                 
                U.S. Postretirement
 
    Pension Benefits     Health Benefits  
         
    2008     2007     2008
    2007
(In millions)   U.S.     Int’l     U.S.     Int’l      
     
 
         
 
Change in plan assets:
                                               
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year
  $ 601.1     $ 461.6     $ 601.9     $ 416.0     $     $  
Actual return on plan assets
    (184.5 )     (100.5 )     26.0       17.7              
Plan transfer(1)
    1.9             3.9                    
Employer contribution
    3.5       16.6       3.4       15.4       3.1       6.0  
Participant contribution
          4.0             3.4              
Benefits paid
    (35.4 )     (18.7 )     (34.1 )     (19.7 )     (3.1 )     (6.0 )
Net transfer in(2)
          (.3 )           1.2              
Pension settlements
          (.8 )                        
Foreign currency translation
          (36.9 )           27.6              
 
 
Fair value of plan assets at end of year
  $ 386.6     $ 325.0     $ 601.1     $ 461.6     $     $  
 
 
(1) Plan transfer represents transfer from the Company’s savings plan.
 
(2) Net transfer in represents valuation of additional pension plans.
 
Funded Status
 
                                                 
                U.S. Postretirement
 
    Pension Benefits     Health Benefits  
         
    2008     2007     2008
    2007
(In millions)   U.S.     Int’l     U.S.     Int’l      
     
 
         
 
Funded status of the plans:
                                               
Noncurrent assets
  $     $ .8     $ 81.5     $ 32.7     $     $  
Current liabilities
    (7.7 )     (2.4 )     (3.6 )     (2.8 )     (2.7 )     (3.1 )
Noncurrent liabilities
    (217.6 )     (123.3 )     (58.5 )     (84.0 )     (29.1 )     (26.6 )
 
 
Plan assets in excess of (less than) benefit obligation
  $ (225.3 )   $ (124.9 )   $ 19.4     $ (54.1 )   $ (31.8 )   $ (29.7 )
 
 
 
                                                                         
                                        U.S. Postretirement
 
    Pension Benefits     Health Benefits  
         
    2008     2007     2006     2008
    2007
    2006
 
    U.S.     Int’l     U.S.     Int’l     U.S.     Int’l      
     
     
 
         
 
Weighted-average assumptions used for
determining year end obligations:
                                                                       
Discount rate
    6.60 %     5.74 %     6.55 %     5.53 %     5.90 %     4.67 %     6.60 %     6.30 %     5.75 %
Rate of increase in future compensation levels
    3.59       2.59       3.59       2.66       3.59       2.90                    
 
 
 
The projected benefit obligation and fair value of plan assets for pension plans with projected benefit obligations in excess of plan assets for both the U.S. and international plans were $1,057.9 million and $706.9 million, respectively, at year end 2008 and $634.3 million and $485.8 million, respectively, at year end 2007.
The accumulated benefit obligation and fair value of plan assets for pension plans with accumulated benefit obligations in excess of plan assets for the U.S. and international plans were $797.4 million and $498.9 million, respectively, at year end 2008 and $597.6 million and $467.7 million, respectively, at year end 2007.
The amount in non-current pension assets represents the net assets of the Company’s overfunded plans, which consist of a few international plans. The amounts in current and non-current pension liabilities represent the net obligation of the Company’s underfunded plans, which consist of all U.S. and several international plans.


 

 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (“AOCI”)
The pretax amounts recognized in “Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income” in the Consolidated Balance Sheet:
 
                                                 
                U.S. Postretirement
 
    Pension Benefits     Health Benefits  
         
    2008     2007     2008
    2007
(In millions)   U.S.     Int’l     U.S.     Int’l      
     
 
         
 
Net actuarial loss (gain)
  $ 344.3     $ (1.8 )   $ 106.7     $ 78.8     $ 21.8     $ 21.0  
Prior service cost (credit)
    5.6       4.8       6.6       5.4       (20.5 )     (22.5 )
Net transition obligation (asset)
          133.9             (2.4 )            
 
 
Net amount recognized in AOCI
  $ 349.9     $ 136.9     $ 113.3     $ 81.8     $ 1.3     $ (1.5 )
 
 
 
The after-tax amounts and reconciliation of AOCI components as of December 27, 2008 are as follows:
 
                                                         
                            U.S. Postretirement
 
    Pension Benefits     Health Benefits  
         
    Before-Tax
    Before-Tax
                Before-
             
    Amounts
    Amounts
    Tax
    Net-of-Tax
    Tax
    Tax
    Net-of-Tax
 
(In millions)   U.S.     Int’l     Effect     Amount     Amount     Effect     Amount  
         
 
AOCI at December 29, 2007
  $ 113.3     $ 81.8     $ (52.7 )   $ 142.4     $ (1.5 )   $ .6     $ (.9 )
Less: amortization
    (7.1 )     (4.3 )     3.7       (7.7 )     .4       (.2 )     .2  
     
     
Net AOCI
    106.2       77.5       (49.0 )     134.7       (1.1 )     .4       (.7 )
Net actuarial loss
    243.7       58.6 (1)     (105.9 )     196.4       2.4       (.9 )     1.5  
Prior service cost
          .8       (.2 )     .6                    
 
 
AOCI at December 27, 2008
  $ 349.9     $ 136.9     $ (155.1 )   $ 331.7     $ 1.3     $ (.5 )   $ .8  
 
 
(1) Net of foreign currency translation gain of $25.1.
 
Plan Income Statement Reconciliations
The following table sets forth the components of net periodic benefit cost:
 
                                                                         
                                        U.S. Postretirement
 
    Pension Benefits     Health Benefits  
             
    2008     2007     2006     2008
    2007
    2006
 
(In millions)   U.S.     Int’l     U.S.     Int’l     U.S.     Int’l      
     
     
 
         
 
Components of net periodic benefit cost:
                                                                       
Service cost
  $ 19.5     $ 14.1     $ 18.5     $ 14.4     $ 19.2     $ 13.3     $ 1.0     $ 1.0     $ .9  
Interest cost
    36.1       28.1       34.1       24.1       29.7       19.6       1.8       1.6       1.7  
Expected return on plan assets
    (50.9 )     (29.0 )     (48.9 )     (24.4 )     (46.8 )     (19.9 )                  
Recognized net actuarial loss
    6.0       3.6       9.6       8.0       8.0       6.6       1.5       1.3       1.4  
Amortization of prior service cost
    1.1       1.4       1.9       .7       1.9       .6       (2.0 )     (2.0 )     (1.9 )
Amortization of transition obligation (asset)
          (.6 )           (1.1 )           (1.3 )                  
Special termination benefit recognized
                                  .1                    
Recognized gain on curtailment and settlement of obligation
          (.1 )                       (1.9 )(1)                  
 
 
Net periodic benefit cost
  $ 11.8     $ 17.5     $ 15.2     $ 21.7     $ 12.0     $ 17.1     $ 2.3     $ 1.9     $ 2.1  
 
 
(1) Recognized gain is related to the divestiture of the Company’s filing business in Europe.
 
                                                                         
                                        U.S. Postretirement
 
    Pension Benefits     Health Benefits  
         
    2008     2007     2006     2008
    2007
    2006
 
    U.S.     Int’l     U.S.     Int’l     U.S.     Int’l      
     
     
 
         
 
Weighted-average assumptions used for
determining net periodic cost:
                                                                       
Discount rate
    6.55 %     5.53 %     5.90 %     4.67 %     5.75 %     4.49 %     6.30 %     5.75 %     5.50 %
Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets
    8.75       6.66       8.75       6.30       8.75       5.77                    
Rate of increase in future compensation levels
    3.59       2.66       3.59       2.90       3.59       2.79                    
 
 

58

Avery Dennison 2008 Annual Report


 

Plan Contributions
In 2009, the Company expects to contribute approximately $33 million to its U.S. pension plans and a minimum of $14.2 million to its international pension plans, respectively, and approximately $2.8 million to its postretirement benefit plan.
 
Future Benefit Payments
Benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, are as follows:
 
                         
                U.S. Postretirement
 
    Pension Benefits     Health Benefits  
         
(In millions)   U.S.     Int’l        
         
 
2009
  $ 41.9     $ 15.9     $ 2.8  
2010
    38.8       18.9       2.8  
2011
    40.0       18.5       2.7  
2012
    41.2       20.0       2.5  
2013
    42.5       21.1       2.5  
2014-2018
    234.4       123.1       12.9  
 
 
 
Estimated Amortization Amounts in Accumulated Other
Comprehensive Income
The Company’s estimates of fiscal year 2009 amortization of amounts included in accumulated other comprehensive income are as follows:
 
                         
                U.S. Postretirement
 
    Pension Benefits     Health Benefits  
         
    2008     2008  
(In millions)   U.S.     Int’l      
 
         
 
Net actuarial loss
  $ 12.9     $ 1.9     $ 1.5  
Prior service cost (credit)
    .8       .5       (2.0 )
Net transition obligation (asset)
          (.6 )      
 
 
Net amount to be recognized
  $ 13.7     $ 1.8     $ (.5 )
 
 
 
Defined Contribution Plans
The Company sponsors various defined contribution plans worldwide, with the largest plan being the Savings Plan. The Company matches participant contributions to the Savings Plan based on a formula within the plan. The Savings Plan has a leveraged employee stock ownership plan (“ESOP”) feature, which allows the plan to borrow funds to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock at market prices. Savings Plan expense consists primarily of stock contributions from the ESOP to participant accounts.
ESOP expense is accounted for under the cost of shares allocated method. Net ESOP expense for 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $1 million, $.2 million, and $.4 million, respectively. Company contributions to pay interest or principal on ESOP borrowings were $3.7 million, $2.4 million, and $2.5 million, in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
Interest costs incurred by the ESOP for 2008, 2007 and 2006 were $.3 million, $.6 million, and $.7 million, respectively. Dividends on unallocated ESOP shares used for debt service were $.4 million, $.7 million, and $.9 million for 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
The cost of shares allocated to the ESOP for 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $2.8 million, $2.1 million, and $2.2 million, respectively. Of the total shares held by the ESOP, .8 million shares were allocated and .1 million shares were unallocated at year end 2008, and 1.3 million shares were allocated and .3 million shares were unallocated at year end 2007.
 
Other Retirement Plans
The Company has deferred compensation plans which permit eligible employees and directors to defer a portion of their compensation. The deferred compensation, together with certain Company contributions, earns specified and variable rates of return. As of year end 2008 and 2007, the Company had accrued $131.7 million and $155.6 million, respectively, for its obligations under these plans. These obligations are funded by corporate-owned life insurance contracts and standby letters of credit. As of year end 2008 and 2007, these obligations were secured by standby letters of credit of $28 million and $34 million, respectively. To assist in the funding of these plans, the Company has purchased corporate-owned life insurance contracts. Proceeds from the insurance policies are payable to the Company upon the death of covered participants. The cash surrender value of these policies, net of outstanding loans, included in “Other assets” in the Consolidated Balance Sheet, was $165.4 million and $191.1 million at year end 2008 and 2007, respectively.
The Company’s expense, which includes Company contributions and interest expense, was $9.5 million, $3.1 million, and $12 million for 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. A portion of the interest on certain Company contributions may be forfeited by participants if employment is terminated before age 55 other than by reason of death, disability or retirement.
 
NOTE 7. COMMITMENTS
 
Minimum annual rental commitments on operating leases having initial or remaining noncancellable lease terms of one year or more are as follows:
 
         
Year   (In millions)  
   
 
2009
  $ 64.6  
2010
    49.6  
2011
    39.2  
2012
    30.5  
2013
    20.1  
Thereafter
    46.9  
 
 
Total minimum lease payments
  $ 250.9  
 
 
 
Operating leases relate primarily to office and warehouse space, and equipment for electronic data processing and transportation. The terms of these leases do not impose significant restrictions or unusual obligations, except as noted below. There are no significant capital leases.
On September 9, 2005, the Company completed the lease financing for a commercial facility (the “Facility”) located in Mentor, Ohio, used primarily for the new headquarters and research center for the Company’s roll materials group. The Facility consists generally of land, buildings, equipment and office furnishings. The Company has leased the Facility under an operating lease arrangement, which contains a residual value guarantee of $33.4 million. The Company estimates that the residual value of the Facility will not be less than the amount guaranteed.
Rent expense for operating leases was approximately $105 million in 2008, approximately $95 million in 2007 and approximately $76 million in 2006.


 

 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 
NOTE 8. CONTINGENCIES
 
Legal Proceedings
On April 24, 2003, Sentry Business Products, Inc. filed a purported class action on behalf of direct purchasers of label stock in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Illinois against the Company, UPM, Bemis and certain of their subsidiaries seeking treble damages and other relief for alleged unlawful competitive practices, with allegations including that the defendants attempted to limit competition between themselves through explicit anticompetitive understandings. Ten similar complaints were filed in various federal district courts. In November 2003, the cases were transferred to the United States District Court for the Middle District of Pennsylvania and consolidated for pretrial purposes. Plaintiffs filed a consolidated complaint on February 16, 2004, which the Company answered on March 31, 2004. On April 14, 2004, the court separated the proceedings as to class certification and merits discovery, and limited the initial phase of discovery to the issue of the appropriateness of class certification. On January 4, 2006, plaintiffs filed an amended complaint. On January 20, 2006, the Company filed an answer to the amended complaint. On August 14, 2006, the plaintiffs moved to certify a proposed class. The Company and other defendants opposed this motion. On March 1, 2007, the court heard oral argument on the issue of the appropriateness of class certification. On August 28, 2007, plaintiffs moved to lift the discovery stay, which the Company opposed. The court substantively granted class certification on November 19, 2007. The Company filed a petition to appeal this decision on December 4, 2007, which was denied on March 6, 2008. On July 22, 2008, the district court held a hearing to set a schedule for merits discovery. The court subsequently entered an order that required the parties to complete fact discovery by June 22, 2009. Dispositive motions are due on March 19, 2010. On January 27, 2009, the Company moved the court to decertify the class. The Company intends to defend these matters vigorously.
On May 21, 2003, The Harman Press filed in the Superior Court for the County of Los Angeles, California, a purported class action on behalf of indirect purchasers of label stock against the Company, UPM and UPM’s subsidiary Raflatac (“Raflatac”), seeking treble damages and other relief for alleged unlawful competitive practices, with allegations including that the defendant parties attempted to limit competition between themselves through anticompetitive understandings. Three similar complaints were filed in various California courts. In November 2003, on petition from the parties, the California Judicial Council ordered the cases be coordinated for pretrial purposes. The cases were assigned to a coordination trial judge in the Superior Court for the City and County of San Francisco on March 30, 2004. On September 30, 2004, The Harman Press amended its complaint to add Bemis’ subsidiary Morgan Adhesives Company (“MACtac”) as a defendant. On January 21, 2005, American International Distribution Corporation filed a purported class action on behalf of indirect purchasers in the Superior Court for Chittenden County, Vermont. Similar actions were filed by Richard Wrobel, on February 16, 2005, in the District Court of Johnson County, Kansas; and by Chad and Terry Muzzey, on February 16, 2005 in the District Court of Scotts Bluff County, Nebraska. On February 17, 2005, Judy Benson filed a purported multi-state class action on behalf of indirect purchasers in the Circuit Court for Cocke County, Tennessee. The Nebraska, Kansas and Vermont cases are currently stayed. Defendants’ motion to dismiss the Tennessee case, filed on March 30, 2006, is pending. The Company intends to defend these matters vigorously.
The Board of Directors created an ad hoc committee comprised of certain independent directors to oversee the foregoing matters.
The Company is unable to predict the effect of these matters at this time, although the effect could be adverse and material.
The Company and its subsidiaries are involved in various other lawsuits, claims and inquiries, most of which are routine to the nature of the business. Based upon current information, management believes that the resolution of these other matters will not materially affect the Company’s financial position.
 
Environmental Matters
The Company has been designated by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”) and/or other responsible state agencies as a potentially responsible party (“PRP”) at seventeen waste disposal or waste recycling sites, including former Paxar sites, which are the subject of separate investigations or proceedings concerning alleged soil and/or groundwater contamination and for which no settlement of the Company’s liability has been agreed. The Company is participating with other PRPs at such sites, and anticipates that its share of cleanup costs will be determined pursuant to remedial agreements entered into in the normal course of negotiations with the EPA or other governmental authorities.
The Company has accrued liabilities for these and certain other sites, including sites in which governmental agencies have designated the Company as a PRP, where it is probable that a loss will be incurred and the cost or amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. However, because of the uncertainties associated with environmental assessment and remediation activities, future expense to remediate the currently identified sites and any sites which could be identified in the future for cleanup could be higher than the liability currently accrued.
Environmental liabilities, which include costs associated with compliance and remediation, were as follows:
 
                 
    December 27,
    December 29,
 
(In millions)   2008     2007  
   
 
Balance at beginning of year
  $ 37.8     $ 22.9  
Purchase price adjustments related to acquisitions
    24.6       21.5  
Accruals
    .9       2.8  
Payments
    (4.8 )     (9.4 )
 
 
Balance at end of year
  $ 58.5     $ 37.8  
 
 
 
As of December 27, 2008, approximately $2 million associated with these environmental liabilities is estimated to be paid within the next 12 months.
These estimates could change depending on various factors, such as modification of currently planned remedial actions, changes in remediation technologies, changes in the site conditions, a change in the estimated time to complete remediation, changes in laws and regulations affecting remediation requirements and other factors.
 
Other
In 2005, the Company contacted relevant authorities in the U.S. and reported on the results of an internal investigation of potential violations of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act. The transactions at issue were carried out by a small number of employees of the Company’s reflective business in China, and involved, among other things, impermissible

60

Avery Dennison 2008 Annual Report


 

payments or attempted impermissible payments. The payments or attempted payments and the contracts associated with them appear to have been minor in amount and of limited duration. Corrective and disciplinary actions have been taken. Sales of the Company’s reflective business in China in 2005 were approximately $7 million. Based on findings to date, no changes to the Company’s previously filed financial statements are warranted as a result of these matters. However, the Company expects that fines or other penalties could be incurred. While the Company is unable to predict the financial or operating impact of any such fines or penalties, it believes that its behavior in detecting, investigating, responding to and voluntarily disclosing these matters to authorities should be viewed favorably.
In addition, on or about October 10, 2008, the Company notified relevant authorities that it had discovered questionable payments to certain foreign customs and other regulatory officials by some employees of its recently acquired companies. These payments do not appear to have been made for the purpose of obtaining business from any governmental entity. The Company is in the process of conducting a review and is taking remedial measures to comply with the provisions of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act.
The Company and its subsidiaries are involved in various other lawsuits, claims and inquiries, most of which are routine to the nature of the Company’s business. Based upon current information, management believes that the resolution of these other matters will not materially affect the Company’s financial position.
The Company participates in international receivable financing programs with several financial institutions whereby advances may be requested from these financial institutions. Such advances are guaranteed by the Company. At December 27, 2008, the Company had guaranteed approximately $13 million.
As of December 29, 2007, the Company guaranteed up to approximately $22 million of certain foreign subsidiaries’ obligations to their suppliers, as well as approximately $556 million of certain subsidiaries’ lines of credit with various financial institutions.
In the fourth quarter of 2007, the Company issued $440 million of 7.875% Corporate HiMEDS units, a mandatory convertible debt issue. These HiMEDS units are comprised of two components — purchase contracts obligating the holders to purchase from us a certain number of shares in 2010 ranging from approximately 6.8 million to approximately 8.6 million shares (depending on the stock price at that time) and senior notes due in 2020. The net proceeds from the offering were approximately $427 million. Refer to Note 15, “Subsequent Events,” for further information regarding the Company’s offer to exchange up to approximately 8.4 million shares, or 95%, of these HiMEDS units.
 
NOTE 9. SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY AND STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION
 
Common Stock and Common Stock Repurchase Program
The Company’s Certificate of Incorporation authorizes five million shares of $1 par value preferred stock (none outstanding), with respect to which the Board of Directors may fix the series and terms of issuance, and 400 million shares of $1 par value voting common stock.
The Board of Directors previously authorized the issuance of up to 18 million shares to be used for the issuance of stock options and the funding of other Company obligations arising from various employee benefit plans. As of December 27, 2008, the remaining shares available of approximately 8 million are held in the Company’s Employee Stock Benefit Trust (“ESBT”). The ESBT common stock is carried at market value with changes in share price from prior reporting periods reflected as an adjustment to capital in excess of par value.
On October 26, 2006, the Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of an additional 5 million shares of the Company’s outstanding common stock, resulting in a total authorization of approximately 7.4 million shares at that date. The repurchased shares may be reissued under the Company’s stock option and incentive plans or used for other corporate purposes. At December 27, 2008, approximately 3.9 million shares were available for repurchase under the Board of Directors’ authorization.
 
Stock Option and Incentive Plans
The Company maintains various stock option and incentive plans. Under these plans, stock options granted to directors and employees may be granted at no less than 100% of the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the date of the grant. Options generally vest ratably over a two-year period for directors and over a four-year period for employees. Prior to fiscal year 2005, options for certain officers may cliff-vest over a three- to 9.75-year period based on the Company’s performance. Unexercised options expire ten years from the date of grant. All stock options granted under these plans had an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the underlying common stock on the date of grant.
The Company’s stock-based compensation expense is the estimated fair value of options granted, amortized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period. The fair value of the Company’s stock option awards is estimated as of the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. This model requires input assumptions for the Company’s expected dividend yield, expected volatility, risk-free interest rate and the expected life of the options. The following describes the assumptions used in estimating fair value of granted stock-options.
Expected dividend yield was based on the current annual dividend divided by the 12-month average of the Company’s monthly stock price prior to grant.
Expected volatility for options represents an average of implied and historical volatility.
Risk-free rate was based on the 52-week average of the Treasury-Bond rate that has a term corresponding to the expected option term of 6 years.
Expected term was determined based on historical experience under the Company’s stock option plan.
Forfeiture rate of 5% was determined based on historical data of the Company’s stock option forfeitures.
The weighted-average fair value per share of options granted during 2008 was $13.82, compared to $15.07 for the year ended 2007, and $15.50 for the year ended 2006.
The underlying assumptions used were as follows:
 
                         
    2008     2007     2006  
   
 
Risk-free interest rate
    4.15 %     4.68 %     4.74 %
Expected stock price volatility
    29.86       24.75       22.51  
Expected dividend yield
    2.76       2.53       2.58  
Expected option term
    6 years       5.8 years       5.8 years  
 
 


 

 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 
The following table sets forth stock option information related to the Company’s stock option plans during 2008:
 
                                 
                Weighted-
       
          Weighted-
    average
       
    Number
    average
    remaining
    Aggregate
 
    of options
    exercise
    contractual
    intrinsic value
 
    (in thousands)     price     life (in years)     (in millions)  
   
 
Outstanding at December 29, 2007
    9,619.2     $ 57.29       5.86     $ 18.2  
Granted
    2,167.8       51.42                  
Exercised
    (182.4 )     36.66                  
Forfeited or expired
    (768.9 )     54.37                  
 
 
Outstanding at December 27, 2008
    10,835.7     $ 56.67       5.88     $ 1.7  
Options vested and expected to vest at December 27, 2008
    10,443.6       56.67       5.38       1.7  
Options exercisable at December 27, 2008
    7,997.2     $ 57.08       4.87     $ 1.6  
 
 
 
The total intrinsic value of stock options exercised was $1.9 million in 2008, $15.4 million in 2007 and $16.8 million in 2006. Cash received by the Company from the exercise of these stock options was approximately $3 million in 2008, $38 million in 2007 and $54 million in 2006. The cash tax benefit realized by the Company from these options exercised was $.6 million in 2008, $5 million in 2007 and $5.5 million in 2006. The intrinsic value of the stock options is based on the amount by which the market value of the underlying stock exceeds the exercise price of the option.
The following table provides a summary of the Company’s stock option plans for the last three years:
 
                                                 
    2008     2007     2006  
               
    Number
    Weighted-
    Number
    Weighted-
    Number
    Weighted-
 
    of options
    average
    of options
    average
    of options
    average
 
    (in thousands)     exercise price     (in thousands)     exercise price     (in thousands)     exercise price  
               
 
Outstanding at beginning of year
    9,619.2     $ 57.29       10,188.4     $ 58.47       10,853.2     $ 56.32  
Granted
    2,167.8       51.42       52.5       61.62       1,494.1       67.68  
Converted from Paxar
                955.4       31.82              
Exercised
    (182.4 )     36.66       (1,011.5 )     48.91       (1,217.5 )     50.11  
Forfeited or expired
    (768.9 )     54.37       (565.6 )     53.87       (941.4 )     59.12  
 
 
Outstanding at year end
    10,835.7     $ 56.67       9,619.2     $ 57.29       10,188.4     $ 58.47  
 
 
 
In February 2008, the Company granted its annual stock option awards to employees and directors. The provision of SFAS No. 123(R), “Share-Based Payment,” requires that stock-based compensation awards granted to retirement-eligible employees be treated as though they were immediately vested; as a result, the pretax compensation expense related to stock options granted to retirement-eligible of approximately $3 million and $5 million were recognized during 2008 and 2006, respectively, and are included in the stock option expense noted below. During 2007, the recognized pretax compensation expense related to stock options granted to retirement-eligible employees was not significant, as the Company did not grant its annual stock option awards to employees and directors.
Net income for 2008, 2007 and 2006 included pretax stock option expense of $18.6 million, $15.8 million and $20.9 million, respectively. These expenses were included in “Marketing, general and administrative expense” and were recorded in corporate expense and the Company’s operating segments, as appropriate. No stock-based compensation cost was capitalized for the years ended 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
The following table summarizes the Company’s unvested stock options during 2008:
 
                 
          Weighted-
 
    Number of
    average
 
    options
    exercise
 
    (in thousands)     price  
   
 
Unvested options outstanding at December 29, 2007
    2,955.5     $ 61.42  
Granted
    2,167.8       51.42  
Vested
    (2,077.3 )     59.28  
Forfeited
    (207.5 )     59.35  
 
 
Unvested options outstanding at December 27, 2008
    2,838.5     $ 55.50  
 
 
 
As of December 27, 2008, the Company had approximately $32 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested stock option awards granted under the Company’s plans. This cost is expected to be recognized over the weighted-average remaining requisite service period for these awards of approximately 3 years.

62

Avery Dennison 2008 Annual Report


 

The following table summarizes information on stock options outstanding and exercisable at December 27, 2008:
 
                                             
      Options outstanding     Options exercisable  
         
            Weighted-
                   
            average
             
      Number
    remaining
    Weighted-
    Number
    Weighted-
 
      outstanding
    contractual life
    average
    exercisable
    average
 
Range of exercise prices     (in thousands)     (in years)     exercise price     (in thousands)     exercise price  
               
                           
 
$ 19.53 to 28.63       179.0       3.48     $ 22.80       141.5     $ 21.26  
  30.05 to 45.53       412.8       4.78       34.76       398.3       34.64  
  49.31 to 57.96       4,480.5       6.16       53.42       2,576.4       54.61  
  58.72 to 67.80       5,763.4       5.81       61.82       4,881.0       61.26  
 
 
$ 19.53 to 67.80       10,835.7       5.88     $ 56.67       7,997.2     $ 57.08  
 
 
 
The following section presents the same information as above, but excludes the impact of Paxar converted stock options.
 
Stock Option Awards Excluding Paxar Converted Stock Options
The following table sets forth stock option information relative to the Company’s stock option plans, excluding Paxar converted stock options during 2008:
 
                                 
                Weighted-
       
          Weighted-
    average
       
    Number
    average
    remaining
    Aggregate
 
    of options
    exercise
    contractual
    intrinsic value
 
    (in thousands)     price     life (in years)     (in millions)  
   
 
Outstanding at December 29, 2007
    8,974.3     $ 59.20       5.95     $ 3.6  
Granted
    2,167.8       51.42                  
Exercised
    (81.7 )     45.19                  
Forfeited or expired
    (764.3 )     54.49                  
 
 
Outstanding at December 27, 2008
    10,296.1     $ 58.02       5.97     $ .1  
Options vested and expected to vest at December 27, 2008
    9,906.3       58.07       5.45       .1  
Options exercisable at December 27, 2008
    7,472.1     $ 58.93       4.94     $  
 
 
 
The total intrinsic value of stock options exercised was $.3 million in 2008, $13.4 million in 2007 and $16.8 million in 2006. Cash received by the Company from the exercise of these stock options was $.2 million in 2008, $36.2 million in 2007 and $54.1 million in 2006. The cash tax benefit realized by the Company from these options exercised was $.1 million in 2008, $4.7 million in 2007 and $5.5 million in 2006. The intrinsic value of the stock options is based on the amount by which the market value of the underlying stock exceeds the exercise price of the option.
The pretax compensation expense related to stock options granted to retirement-eligible of approximately $3 million and $5 million were recognized during 2008 and 2006, respectively, and are included in the stock option expense noted below. During 2007, the recognized pretax compensation expense related to stock options granted to retirement-eligible employees was not significant, as the Company did not grant its annual stock option awards to employees and directors.
Net income for 2008, 2007 and 2006 included pretax stock option expense of $18 million, $14.7 million and $20.9 million, respectively. These expenses were included in “Marketing, general and administrative expense” and were recorded in corporate expense and the Company’s operating segments, as appropriate. No stock-based compensation cost was capitalized for the years ended 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
The following table provides a summary of the Company’s stock option plans, excluding Paxar converted stock options for the last three years:
 
                                                 
    2008     2007     2006        
               
    Number
    Weighted-
    Number
    Weighted-
    Number
    Weighted-
 
    of options
    average
    of options
    average
    of options
    average
 
    (in thousands)     exercise price     (in thousands)     exercise price     (in thousands)     exercise price  
               
Outstanding at beginning of year
    8,974.3     $ 59.20       10,188.4     $ 58.47       10,853.2     $ 56.32  
Granted
    2,167.8       51.42       52.5       61.62       1,494.1       67.68  
Exercised
    (81.7 )     45.19       (940.4 )     50.33       (1,217.5 )     50.11  
Forfeited or expired
    (764.3 )     54.49       (326.2 )     61.80       (941.4 )     59.12  
 
 
Outstanding at year end
    10,296.1     $ 58.02       8,974.3     $ 59.20       10,188.4     $ 58.47  
 
 


 

 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 
The following table summarizes the Company’s unvested stock options, excluding Paxar converted stock options, during 2008:
 
                 
    Number of options
    Weighted-average
 
    (in thousands)     exercise price  
   
 
Unvested options outstanding at December 29, 2007
    2,901.7     $ 61.91  
Granted
    2,167.8       51.42  
Vested
    (2,039.2 )     59.75  
Forfeited
    (206.3 )     59.47  
 
 
Unvested options outstanding at December 27, 2008
    2,824.0     $ 55.59  
 
 
 
As of December 27, 2008, the Company had approximately $32 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested stock option awards granted under the Company’s plans. This cost is expected to be recognized over the weighted-average remaining requisite service period for these awards of approximately 3 years.
The following table summarizes information on stock options outstanding and exercisable, excluding Paxar converted stock options, at December 27, 2008:
 
                                             
      Options outstanding     Options exercisable  
         
            Weighted-
                   
            average
    Weighted-
          Weighted-
 
      Number
    remaining
    average
    Number
    average
 
      outstanding
    contractual life
    exercise
    exercisable
    exercise
 
Range of exercise prices     (in thousands)     (in years)     price     (in thousands)     price  
         
$ 28.63 to 28.63       37.5       9.93     $ 28.63           $  
  45.53 to 57.96       4,495.1       6.15       53.39       2,591.1       54.56  
  58.72 to 67.80       5,763.5       5.81       61.82       4,881.0       61.26  
 
 
$ 28.63 to 67.80       10,296.1       5.97     $ 58.02       7,472.1     $ 58.93  
 
 
 
Performance Units
During the second quarter of 2008, following the Company’s shareholders’ approval of the amended and restated stock option and incentive plan on April 24, 2008, the Company granted performance units (“PUs”) to certain eligible employees of the Company. These PUs are payable in shares of the Company’s common stock at the end of a three-year cliff vesting period provided that certain performance objective metrics are achieved at the end of the period ending December 31, 2010. The pretax compensation expense related to PUs was $1.2 million for the year ended 2008. As of December 27, 2008, the Company had approximately $2 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to these PUs, which reflects the Company’s current expectation of meeting certain performance objective metrics. This cost is expected to be recognized over the weighted-average remaining requisite service period for these awards of approximately 2 years.
The following table summarizes information about awarded PUs:
 
                 
          Weighted-
 
    Number of
    average
 
    PUs
    grant-date
 
    (in thousands)     fair value  
   
Granted
    263.1     $ 43.95  
Forfeited
    (8.3 )     44.41  
 
 
Unvested at December 27, 2008(1)
    254.8     $ 43.94  
 
 
(1) At the end of the performance period, the actual number of shares issued can range from 0% to 200% of the target shares granted for the 2008 performance period.
 
Restricted Stock Units and Restricted Stock
In December 2005, the Compensation and Executive Personnel Committee of the Board of Directors approved the award of RSUs, which were issued under the Company’s stock option and incentive plan. RSUs are granted to two groups of employees as described below. These RSUs include dividend equivalents in the form of additional RSUs, which are equivalent to the amount of the dividend paid or property distributed on a single share of common stock multiplied by the number of RSUs in the employee’s account. Vesting for the two groups of RSUs is as follows:
 
  o  A vesting period of 3 years provided that a certain performance objective is met at the end of the third year after the year of the award. If the performance objective is not achieved at the end of the third year, the same unvested RSUs will be subject to meeting the performance objective at the end of the fourth year, and if not achieved at the end of the fourth year, then the fifth year following the year of grant, or
  o  A vesting period of 1 to 5 years, provided that employment continues for 1 to 5 years after the date of the award.
For both groups, if the above vesting conditions are not met, the RSUs will be forfeited.
The following table summarizes information about awarded RSUs:
 
                 
          Weighted-
 
    Number of
    average
 
    RSUs
    grant-date
 
    (in thousands)     fair value  
   
 
Unvested at December 29, 2007
    270.1     $ 62.07  
Granted
    232.9       47.76  
Vested
    (56.3 )     39.33  
Forfeited
    (22.9 )     56.53  
 
 
Unvested at December 27, 2008
    423.8     $ 57.53  
 
 

64

Avery Dennison 2008 Annual Report


 

The total compensation expense related to RSUs and restricted stock is amortized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period.
The pretax compensation expense related to RSUs was $7.8 million, $4.3 million and $2.9 million for the years ended 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The cash tax benefit realized by the Company from the vesting of RSUs and the related issuance of common stock was $.8 million in 2008 and $.1 million in 2007.
During 2005, the Company also awarded 30,000 shares of restricted stock, which vest in two equal increments, the first in 2009 and the second in 2012. Pretax compensation expense for this award was $.3 million each in 2008, 2007 and 2006.
The provisions of SFAS No. 123(R) require that stock-based compensation awards granted to retirement-eligible employees be treated as though they were immediately vested; as a result, the pretax compensation expense related to RSUs granted to retirement-eligible employees (none in 2008, $.1 million in 2007 and $.7 million in 2006) was recognized and included in the compensation expense noted above.
As of December 27, 2008, the Company has approximately $10 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested RSUs and restricted stock. This cost is expected to be recognized over the remaining requisite service period for these awards (weighted-average remaining service period of approximately 2 years for RSUs and restricted stock, respectively).
 
Paxar Converted Stock Option Awards
In connection with the Paxar acquisition, the Company converted Paxar’s stock options based on the acquisition price of $30.50 per share divided by the Company’s twenty-day average stock price prior to the acquisition date, which was $64.82. The total number of stock options resulting from this conversion was approximately 955,000 shares, of which approximately 234,000 shares were associated with change-in-control provisions. In accordance with SFAS No. 123(R), the total equity compensation recorded in “Capital in excess of par value” in the Shareholders’ equity section of the Consolidated Balance Sheet was approximately $24 million for Paxar’s converted stock options. This amount was reduced by approximately $2 million related to unvested stock options.
The Company’s stock-based compensation expense associated with Paxar converted stock options was based on the estimated fair value as of June 15, 2007, using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, amortized on a straight-line basis over the remaining requisite service period. The Black-Scholes assumptions used were consistent with those used by the Company during the second quarter of 2007.
 
The following table sets forth stock option information relative to Paxar converted stock option plans during 2008:
 
                                 
                Weighted-
       
          Weighted-
    average
       
    Number
    average
    remaining
    Aggregate
 
    of options
    exercise
    contractual
    intrinsic value
 
    (in thousands)     price     life (in years)     (in millions)  
   
Outstanding at December 29, 2007
    644.9     $ 30.77       4.55     $ 14.6  
Exercised
    (100.7 )     29.74                  
Forfeited or expired
    (4.6 )     35.11                  
 
 
Outstanding at December 27, 2008
    539.6     $ 30.93       4.07     $ 1.6  
Options vested and expected to vest at December 27, 2008
    537.3       30.90       4.06       1.6  
Options exercisable at December 27, 2008
    525.1     $ 30.73       4.01     $ 1.6  
 
 
 
The total intrinsic value of Paxar converted stock options exercised was $1.6 million in 2008 and $2 million in 2007. Cash received by the Company from the exercise of these stock options was $2.5 million in 2008 and $1.9 million in 2007. The cash tax benefit realized by the Company from these exercised options was $.5 million in 2008 and $.2 million in 2007. The intrinsic value of the stock options is based on the amount by which the market value of the underlying stock exceeds the exercise price of the option.
The following table summarizes Paxar converted unvested stock options during 2008:
 
                 
          Weighted-
 
    Number
    average
 
    of options
    exercise
 
    (in thousands)     price  
   
Unvested options outstanding at December 29, 2007
    53.8     $ 35.15  
Vested
    (38.1 )     33.94  
Forfeited
    (1.2 )     38.07  
 
 
Unvested options outstanding at December 27, 2008
    14.5     $ 38.07  
 
 
 
The pretax compensation expense related to Paxar converted stock options was approximately $.6 million and $1 million for the fiscal years ended 2008 and 2007, respectively. As of December 27, 2008, the Company had approximately $.2 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested Paxar converted stock option awards. This cost is expected to be recognized over the weighted-average remaining requisite service period for these awards of approximately 1 year.


 

 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

The following table summarizes information on the Paxar converted stock options outstanding and exercisable at December 27, 2008:
 
                                             
                         
      Options outstanding     Options exercisable  
         
            Weighted-
                   
            average
                   
      Number
    remaining
    Weighted-
    Number
    Weighted-
 
      outstanding
    contractual life
    average
    exercisable
    average
 
Range of exercise prices     (in thousands)     (in years)     exercise price     (in thousands)     exercise price  
         
$ 19.53 to 24.68       141.4       1.77     $ 21.26       141.4     $ 21.26  
  30.05 to 43.25       398.2       4.89       34.36       383.7       34.22  
 
 
$ 19.53 to 43.25       539.6       4.07     $ 30.93       525.1     $ 30.73  
 
 
 
Paxar Converted Performance Share Awards
Additionally, the Company converted Paxar’s performance share awards into approximately 80,000 shares of the Company’s common stock, based on the acquisition price of $30.50 per share divided by the Company’s twenty-day average stock price prior to the acquisition date, which was $64.82. The total equity compensation of approximately $5 million for vested and unvested performance share awards, recorded in “Capital in excess of par value” in the Shareholders’ equity section of the Consolidated Balance Sheet was calculated using the Company’s ending stock price at June 15, 2007 of $66.69. This amount was reduced by approximately $3 million related to unvested performance share awards.
The pretax compensation expense related to Paxar converted performance share awards was $1.1 million and $.9 million for the fiscal years ended 2008 and 2007, respectively. The cash tax benefit realized by the Company from the vesting of performance shares and the related issuance of common stock was $.2 million in 2008.
As of December 27, 2008, the Company had approximately $.5 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested converted Paxar performance share awards. This cost is expected to be recognized over the weighted-average remaining requisite service period of approximately 1 year.
 
NOTE 10. COST REDUCTION ACTIONS
 
Severance charges recorded under the restructuring actions below are included in “Other accrued liabilities” in the Consolidated Balance Sheet. Severance and other employee costs represent cash paid or to be paid to employees terminated under these actions. Asset impairments are based on the estimated market value of the assets. Charges below are included in “Other expense, net” in the Consolidated Statement of Income.
 
2008
In 2008, the Company implemented cost reduction actions, including the new action initiated in the fourth quarter, resulting in a headcount reduction of approximately 1,475 positions, impairment of certain assets and software, as well as lease cancellations. At December 27, 2008, approximately 640 employees impacted by these actions remain with the Company, and are expected to leave in 2009. Pretax charges related to these actions totaled $40.7 million, including severance and related costs of $29.8 million, impairment of fixed assets and buildings of $7.7 million, lease cancellation charges of $2.3 million and software impairment of $.9 million. The table below details the accruals and payments related to these actions:
 
                                                 
    Pressure-
    Retail
    Office and
    Other
             
    sensitive
    Information
    Consumer
    specialty
             
    Materials
    Services
    Products
    converting
             
(In millions)   Segment     Segment     Segment     businesses     Corporate     Total  
   
Total severance and other employee costs accrued during the period ended
                                               
March 29, 2008
  $ 1.1     $ 1.3     $ .1     $ .1     $ .7     $ 3.3  
June 28, 2008
    .1       2.7       4.2             .2       7.2  
September 27, 2008
    .9       .8       2.7       1.3       3.0       8.7  
December 27, 2008
    2.5       3.8       3.1       1.2             10.6  
 
 
Total expense accrued during 2008
    4.6       8.6       10.1       2.6       3.9       29.8  
2008 Settlements
    (1.2 )     (4.6 )     (5.1 )     (1.0 )     (.6 )     (12.5 )
 
 
Balance at December 27, 2008
  $ 3.4     $ 4.0     $ 5.0     $ 1.6     $ 3.3     $ 17.3  
 
 
                                                 
Asset Impairments
                                               
Machinery and equipment
  $ 4.9     $ 1.3     $ 1.2     $ .2     $     $ 7.6  
Buildings
          .1                         .1  
Other
                                               
Lease cancellations
    .9       1.4                         2.3  
Software impairment
                .9                   .9  
 
 
    $ 5.8     $ 2.8     $ 2.1     $ .2     $     $ 10.9  
 
 

66

Avery Dennison 2008 Annual Report


 

2007
In 2007, the Company continued its cost reduction efforts that were initiated in late 2006 and implemented additional actions resulting in a headcount reduction of approximately 615 positions, impairment of certain assets and software, as well as lease cancellations. At December 27, 2008, approximately 35 employees impacted by these actions remain with the Company, and are expected to leave by early 2009. Pretax charges related to these actions totaled $57.5 million, including severance and other employee costs of $21.6 million, impairment of fixed assets and buildings of $17.4 million, software impairment of $17.1 million and lease cancellation charges of $1.4 million. The table below details the accruals and payments related to these actions:
 
                                                 
    Pressure-
    Retail
    Office and
    Other
             
    sensitive
    Information
    Consumer
    specialty
             
    Materials
    Services
    Products
    converting
             
(In millions)   Segment     Segment     Segment     businesses     Corporate     Total  
   
 
Total severance and other employee costs
accrued during the period ended
                                               
March 31, 2007
  $ 1.5     $     $ .6     $     $     $ 2.1  
June 30, 2007
    .5       .4                         .9  
September 29, 2007
    3.1       3.1       .1       1.2             7.5  
December 29, 2007
    1.0       6.2       3.4       1.1       (.6 )     11.1  
 
 
Total expense accrued during 2007
    6.1       9.7       4.1       2.3       (.6 )     21.6  
2007 Settlements
    (1.9 )     (3.0 )     (.8 )     (1.0 )     .6       (6.1 )
2008 Settlements
    (4.1 )     (3.5 )     (3.3 )     (1.2 )           (12.1 )
 
 
Balance at December 27, 2008
  $ .1     $ 3.2     $     $ .1     $     $ 3.4  
 
 
                                                 
Asset Impairments
                                               
Machinery and equipment
  $ 10.9     $ 3.1     $     $ 1.9     $ .8     $ 16.7  
Buildings
          .7                         .7  
Other
                                               
Software impairment
          17.1                         17.1  
Lease cancellations
          .6       .4             .4       1.4  
 
 
    $ 10.9     $ 21.5     $ .4     $ 1.9     $ 1.2     $ 35.9  
 
 
 
NOTE 11.  TAXES BASED ON INCOME
 
Taxes based on income were as follows:
 
                         
(In millions)   2008     2007     2006  
   
 
Current:
                       
U.S. federal tax
  $ 34.1     $ 23.9     $ (4.5 )
State taxes
    4.2       1.3       4.7  
International taxes
    96.6       80.8       73.8  
 
 
      134.9       106.0       74.0  
 
 
Deferred:
                       
U.S. federal tax
    (36.5 )     (15.4 )     12.1  
State taxes
    2.3       (1.7 )     1.1  
International taxes
    (96.2 )     (17.1 )     (25.2 )
 
 
      (130.4 )     (34.2 )     (12.0 )
 
 
Taxes on income
  $ 4.5     $ 71.8     $ 62.0  
 
 
 
The principal items accounting for the difference in taxes as computed at the U.S. statutory rate, and as recorded, were as follows:
 
                         
(In millions)   2008     2007     2006  
   
 
Computed tax at 35% of income from continuing operations before taxes
  $ 94.7     $ 131.4     $ 152.3  
Increase (decrease) in taxes resulting from:
                       
State taxes, net of federal tax benefit
    3.5       (1.2 )     3.7  
Foreign earnings taxed at different rates
    (62.9 )     (117.1 )     (54.7 )
Valuation allowance
    (45.3 )     59.9       (5.2 )
Tax credits
    (5.2 )     (4.4 )     (4.9 )
Tax contingencies and audit settlements
    24.8       .8       (8.1 )
Other items, net
    (5.1 )     2.4       (6.4 )
 
 
Taxes on income from continuing operations
    4.5       71.8       76.7  
Taxes on income from and gain on sale of discontinued operations
                (14.7 )
 
 
Taxes on income
  $ 4.5     $ 71.8     $ 62.0  
 
 


 

 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 
Consolidated income before taxes for U.S. and international operations was as follows:
 
                         
(In millions)   2008     2007     2006  
   
 
U.S.
  $ (14.2 )   $ 19.8     $ 117.0  
International
    284.8       355.5       318.2  
 
 
Income from continuing operations before taxes
    270.6       375.3       435.2  
Income (loss) from discontinued operations before taxes
                 
 
 
Income before taxes
  $ 270.6     $ 375.3     $ 435.2  
 
 
 
The effective tax rate was approximately 2% for the full year 2008 compared with approximately 19% for the full year 2007. The 2008 effective tax rate reflects $45.3 million of benefit from changes in the valuation allowance against certain deferred tax assets, favorable geographic income mix, and a $24.8 million detriment from accruals for uncertain tax positions.
 Income taxes have not been provided on certain undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries of approximately $1.63 billion and $1.37 billion at years ended 2008 and 2007, respectively, because such earnings are considered to be indefinitely reinvested. It is not practicable to estimate the amount of tax that would be payable upon distribution of these earnings. Deferred taxes have been accrued for earnings that are not considered indefinitely reinvested. The repatriation accrual for 2008 and 2007 is $12.5 million and $15.1 million, respectively.
The income from discontinued operations in 2006 included a $14.9 million tax benefit from the divestiture of the raised reflective pavement marker business. This tax benefit resulted from the capital loss recognized from the sale of the business, which was a stock sale. The capital loss was offset against capital gains recognized in 2006 related to the sale of an investment, as well as carried back to capital gains recognized in previous years.
Deferred income taxes reflect the temporary differences between the amounts at which assets and liabilities are recorded for financial reporting purposes and the amounts utilized for tax purposes. The primary components of the temporary differences that gave rise to the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities were as follows:
 
                 
(In millions)   2008     2007  
   
 
Accrued expenses not currently deductible
  $ 59.4     $ 57.9  
Net operating losses
    235.5       182.0  
Tax Credit Carryforwards
    70.5       28.7  
Capital loss carryforward
    14.5       15.1  
Postretirement and postemployment benefits
    57.7       50.7  
Pension costs
    114.9       11.9  
Inventory reserves
    10.6       10.2  
Other Assets
    11.3       6.5  
Valuation allowance
    (120.8 )     (159.2 )
 
 
Total deferred tax assets(1)
    453.6       203.8  
 
 
Depreciation and amortization
    (210.5 )     (228.1 )
Repatriation accrual
    (12.5 )     (15.1 )
Foreign Loss Subject to Recapture
    (39.1 )      
Other liabilities
    (11.1 )     (9.1 )
 
 
Total deferred tax liabilities(1)
    (273.2 )     (252.3 )
 
 
Total net deferred tax assets (liabilities) from continuing operations
  $ 180.4     $ (48.5 )
Net deferred tax assets from discontinued operations
           
 
 
Total net deferred tax assets (liabilities)
  $ 180.4     $ (48.5 )
 
 
(1) Reflects gross amount before jurisdictional netting of deferred tax assets and liabilities.
 
A valuation allowance is recorded to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount that is more likely than not to be realized. Pursuant to SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes,” when establishing a valuation allowance, we consider future sources of taxable income such as “future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, future taxable income exclusive of reversing temporary differences and carryforwards” and “tax planning strategies.”
Net operating loss carryforwards of foreign subsidiaries for 2008 and 2007 were $762.6 million and $563.7 million, respectively. The increase in 2008 is primarily attributable to $163.5 million of net operating losses resulting from the local statutory write down of certain investments in Europe. If unused, foreign net operating losses of $29.6 million will expire between 2009 and 2012, and $56.2 million will expire after 2012. Net operating losses of $676.8 million can be carried forward indefinitely. Tax credit carryforwards of both domestic and foreign subsidiaries for 2008 and 2007 totaled $70.5 million and $28.7 million, respectively. If unused, tax credit carryforwards of $1.2 million will expire between 2009 and 2011, $10.5 million will expire between 2012 and 2016, and $53.8 million will expire after 2016. Tax credit carryforwards of $5 million can be carried forward indefinitely. The Company has established a valuation allowance for the net operating loss and credit carryforwards not expected to be utilized. The valuation allowance for 2008 and 2007 is $120.8 million and $159.2 million, respectively. In 2008, a portion of the valuation allowance balance was released, when it was determined the deferred tax assets were more likely than not going to be realized as a result of tax planning actions. The Company modified certain intercompany financing

68

Avery Dennison 2008 Annual Report


 

arrangements, which will result in the generation of profits in jurisdictions that previously had recognized losses. These future profits will allow realization of net operating loss deferred tax assets, which resulted in the release of the related remaining valuation allowance. The portion of the valuation allowance related to Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (which, if subsequently reversed, would not impact the effective tax rate), was $12.7 million for 2008 and $12.4 million for 2007.
The Company has been granted tax holidays in several jurisdictions including China, Thailand, Vietnam and Bangladesh. The tax holidays expire between 2009 and 2015. These tax holidays reduced the Company’s consolidated effective tax rate on continuing operations by approximately 1%.
 
Tax Benefit Reserve
On December 27, 2008, the Company’s unrecognized tax benefits totaled $163.7 million, including $97 million of unrecognized tax benefits which, if recognized, would reduce the annual effective income tax rate. This amount includes $48.2 million of unrecognized tax benefits which, if recognized, would have been recorded as an adjustment to goodwill under SFAS No. 141. However, under SFAS No. 141(R), which is effective the first annual reporting period beginning after December 15, 2008, this benefit, if recognized, would be an adjustment to the effective income tax rate. As of December 29, 2007, the Company’s unrecognized tax benefits totaled $125 million, including $28.6 million of unrecognized tax benefits which, if recognized, would reduce the annual effective income tax rate and $49.1 million of unrecognized tax benefits which, if recognized, would be recorded as an adjustment to goodwill under SFAS No. 141.
Where applicable, the Company recognizes potential accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits from its global operations in income tax expense. The Company recognized $7.6 million and $.7 million of interest and penalties in the Consolidated Statement of Income in 2008 and 2007, respectively.
A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:
 
                 
(In millions)   2008     2007  
   
 
Balance at beginning of period
  $ 114.5     $ 36.1  
Acquired balance
          61.0  
Additions based on tax positions related to the current year
    23.1       26.2  
Additions for tax position of prior years
    37.8       13.6  
Reductions for tax positions of prior years:
               
Changes in judgment
    (0.2 )     (7.5 )
Settlements
    (2.5 )     (9.6 )
Lapses of applicable statute
    (23.0 )     (9.7 )
Changes due to translation of foreign currencies
    (6.8 )     4.4  
 
 
Balance at end of period (excluding interest and penalties)
    142.9       114.5  
Interest and penalties associated with uncertain tax positions
    20.8       10.5  
 
 
Balance at end of period (including interest and penalties)
  $ 163.7     $ 125.0  
 
 
The amount of income taxes the Company pays is subject to ongoing audits by taxing jurisdictions around the world. The Company’s estimate of the potential outcome of any uncertain tax issue is subject to management’s assessment of relevant risks, facts, and circumstances existing at that time. The Company believes that it has adequately provided for reasonably foreseeable outcomes related to these matters. However, the Company’s future results may include favorable or unfavorable adjustments to its estimated tax liabilities in the period the assessments are made or resolved, which may impact the Company’s effective tax rate. With some exceptions, the Company and its subsidiaries are no longer subject to income tax examinations by tax authorities for years prior to 2004.
It is reasonably possible that during the next 12 months, the Company may realize a decrease in its gross uncertain tax positions by approximately $44 million, primarily as the result of cash payments and closing tax years. The Company anticipates that it is reasonably possible that cash payments of up to $23 million relating to gross uncertain tax positions could be paid within the next 12 months.
 
NOTE 12. SEGMENT INFORMATION
 
The accounting policies of the segments are described in Note 1, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.” Intersegment sales are recorded at or near market prices and are eliminated in determining consolidated sales. The Company evaluates performance based on income from operations before interest expense and taxes. General corporate expenses are also excluded from the computation of income from operations for the segments.
The Company does not disclose total assets by operating segment since the Company does not produce and review such information internally. The Company does not disclose revenues from external customers for each product because it is impracticable to do so. As the Company’s reporting structure is not organized by country, results by individual country are not provided because it is impracticable to do so.


 

 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

Financial information by reportable segment and other businesses from continuing operations is set forth below:
 
                         
(In millions)   2008     2007     2006  
   
 
Net sales to unaffiliated customers:
Pressure-sensitive Materials
  $ 3,643.8     $ 3,497.7     $ 3,236.3  
Retail Information Services
    1,548.7       1,175.4       668.0  
Office and Consumer Products
    935.8       1,016.2       1,072.0  
Other specialty converting businesses
    582.1       618.5       599.6  
 
 
Net sales to unaffiliated customers
  $ 6,710.4     $ 6,307.8     $ 5,575.9  
 
 
                         
Intersegment sales:
                       
Pressure-sensitive Materials
  $ 172.4     $ 164.9     $ 161.5  
Retail Information Services
    2.1       2.1       3.4  
Office and Consumer Products
    1.2       1.6       1.8  
Other specialty converting businesses
    26.4       19.9       14.4  
Eliminations
    (202.1 )     (188.5 )     (181.1 )
 
 
Intersegment sales
  $     $     $  
 
 
 
Income from continuing operations before taxes:
Pressure-sensitive Materials
  $ 252.3     $ 318.7     $ 301.6  
Retail Information Services
    9.4       (5.7 )     45.2  
Office and Consumer Products
    144.5       173.6       187.4  
Other specialty converting businesses
    6.0       27.1       17.8  
Corporate expense
    (25.7 )     (33.2 )     (61.3 )
Interest expense(4)
    (115.9 )     (105.2 )     (55.5 )
 
 
Income from continuing operations before taxes
  $ 270.6 (1)   $ 375.3 (2)   $ 435.2 (3)
 
 
                         
Capital expenditures:
                       
Pressure-sensitive Materials
  $ 50.1     $ 78.3     $ 75.8  
Retail Information Services
    45.0       43.2       25.6  
Office and Consumer Products
    6.1       17.1       13.6  
Other specialty converting businesses
    16.6       46.2       36.1  
Corporate
    1.4       1.5       2.1  
Discontinued operations
                 
 
 
Capital expenditures(5)
  $ 119.2     $ 186.3     $ 153.2  
 
 
                         
Depreciation expense:
                       
Pressure-sensitive Materials
  $ 91.7     $ 91.2     $ 88.2  
Retail Information Services
    65.6       42.5       17.8  
Office and Consumer Products
    17.0       21.8       20.7  
Other specialty converting businesses
    26.3       24.6       23.1  
Corporate
    4.0       4.0       4.0  
Discontinued operations
                .5  
 
 
Depreciation expense
  $ 204.6     $ 184.1     $ 154.3  
 
 
 
Prior year amounts have been restated to reflect the transfer of a business from other specialty converting businesses to Retail Information Services to align with a change in the Company’s internal reporting structure.
 
(1) Results for 2008 included “Other expense, net” totaling $36.2, consisting of restructuring costs, asset impairment charges and lease cancellation costs of $40.7, partially offset by a gain on sale of investments of $(4.5). Of the total $36.2, the Pressure-sensitive Materials segment recorded $10.4, the Retail Information Services segment recorded $11.4, the Office and Consumer Products segment recorded $12.2, the other specialty converting businesses recorded $2.8 and Corporate recorded $(.6).
 
Additionally, 2008 operating income for the Retail Information Services segment included $24.1 of transition costs associated with the Paxar and DM Label acquisitions.
 
(2) Results for 2007 included “Other expense, net” totaling $59.4, consisting of asset impairment charges, restructuring costs and lease cancellation charges of $57.5, a cash flow hedge loss of $4.8, and expenses related to a divestiture of $.3, partially offset by a reversal related to a lawsuit of $(3.2). Of the total $59.4, the Pressure-sensitive Materials segment recorded $13.8, the Retail Information Services segment recorded $31.2, the Office and Consumer Products segment recorded $4.8, the other specialty converting businesses recorded $4.2 and Corporate recorded $5.4. See Note 10, “Cost Reduction Actions,” for further information.
 
Additionally, 2007 operating income for the Retail Information Services segment included $43 of transition costs associated with the Paxar acquisition.
 
(3) Results for 2006 included “Other expense, net” totaling $36.2, which consists of restructuring costs, asset impairment and lease cancellation charges of $29.8, environmental remediation costs of $13, costs of $.4 related to a divestiture, accrual related to a lawsuit of $.4 and charitable contribution of $10 to the Avery Dennison Foundation, partially offset by gain on sale of investment of $(10.5), gain on sale of assets of $(5.3) and gain on curtailment and settlement of a pension obligation of $(1.6). Of the $36.2 total, the Pressure-sensitive Materials segment recorded $9.3, the Retail Information Services segment recorded $11.2, the Office and Consumer Products segment recorded $(2.3), the other specialty converting businesses recorded $3.7 and Corporate recorded $14.3. See Note 10, “Cost Reduction Actions,” for further information.
 
(4) Interest expense during 2008 and 2007 included $65.5 and $40.8, respectively, of interest associated with borrowings to fund the Paxar and DM Label acquisitions.
 
(5) Capital expenditures accrued but not paid were approximately $5 in 2008, approximately $14 in 2007 and approximately $18 in 2006. Capital expenditures refer to purchases of property, plant and equipment.
 
Financial information relating to the Company’s continuing operations by geographic area is set forth below:
 
                         
(In millions)   2008     2007     2006  
   
 
Net sales to unaffiliated customers:
                       
U.S.
  $ 2,218.4     $ 2,333.2     $ 2,333.8  
Europe
    2,366.6       2,149.9       1,798.8  
Asia
    1,297.6       1,070.9       748.7  
Latin America
    448.0       396.7       332.4  
Other international
    379.8       357.1       362.2  
 
 
Net sales
  $ 6,710.4     $ 6,307.8     $ 5,575.9  
 
 
Property, plant and equipment, net:
                       
U.S.
  $ 604.2     $ 637.9     $ 562.5  
International
    888.8       953.5       746.9  
 
 
Property, plant and equipment, net
  $ 1,493.0     $ 1,591.4     $ 1,309.4  
 
 
 
Revenues are attributed to geographic areas based on the location to which the product is shipped. Export sales from the United States to unaffiliated customers are not a material factor in the Company’s business.

70

Avery Dennison 2008 Annual Report


 

NOTE 13. QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)
 
                                 
    First
    Second
    Third
    Fourth
 
(In millions, except per share data)   Quarter(1)      Quarter(2)      Quarter(3)      Quarter(4)   
   
 
2008
                               
Net sales
  $ 1,645.2     $ 1,828.9     $ 1,724.8     $ 1,511.5  
Gross profit
    424.0       490.3       434.3       378.4  
Net income
    68.4       92.4       62.7       42.6  
Net income per common share
    .70       .94       .64       .43  
Net income per common share, assuming dilution
    .69       .93       .63       .43  
 
 
2007
                               
Net sales
  $ 1,389.9     $ 1,523.5     $ 1,680.4     $ 1,714.0  
Gross profit
    364.3       410.4       466.2       481.5  
Net income
    79.1       86.2       58.8       79.4  
Net income per common share
    .81       .88       .60       .81  
Net income per common share, assuming dilution
    .80       .87       .59       .81  
 
 
(1) Results in the first quarter of 2008 include pretax “Other expense” totaling $5.6 consisting of restructuring costs of $3.3 and asset impairment charges of $2.3. Additionally, results include transition costs associated with acquisition integrations of $7.
Results in the first quarter of 2007 include pretax “Other expense” totaling $2.1 consisting of restructuring costs.
 
(2) Results in the second quarter of 2008 include pretax “Other expense, net” totaling $5.8 consisting of restructuring costs of $7.2 and asset impairment and lease cancellation charges of $3.1, partially offset by a gain on sale of investments of $(4.5). Additionally, results include transition costs associated with acquisition integrations of $5.7.
 
Results in the second quarter of 2007 include pretax “Other expense, net” totaling $7.5 consisting of integration related asset impairment charges of $9.5, restructuring costs of $.9 and expenses related to a divestiture of $.3, partially offset by a reversal of an accrual related to a lawsuit of $(3.2). Additionally, results include transition costs associated with the Paxar integration of $10.2.
 
(3) Results in the third quarter of 2008 include pretax “Other expense” totaling $12.5 consisting of restructuring costs of $8.7 and asset impairment and lease cancellation charges of $3.8. Additionally, results include transition costs associated with acquisition integrations of $5.2.
Results in the third quarter of 2007 include pretax “Other expense” totaling $33.6 consisting of asset impairment and lease cancellation charges of $12.4, integration related asset impairment charges of $8.9, restructuring costs of $7.5, and a cash flow hedge loss of $4.8. Additionally, results include transition costs associated with the Paxar integration of $16.
 
(4) Results in the fourth quarter of 2008 include pretax “Other expense” totaling $12.3 consisting of restructuring costs of $10.6, asset impairment and lease cancellation charges of $1.7. Additionally, results include transition costs associated with acquisition integrations of $6.2.
Results in the fourth quarter of 2007 include pretax “Other expense” totaling $16.2 consisting of restructuring costs of $11.1, asset impairment and lease cancellation charges of $5.1. Additionally, results include transition costs associated with the Paxar integration of $16.8.
 
NOTE 14. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS
 
The following table provides the assets and liabilities carried at fair value measured on a recurring basis as of December 27, 2008:
 
                                 
          Fair Value Measurements Using  
             
                Significant
    Significant
 
          Quoted Prices in
    Other
    Other
 
    Total as of
    Active Markets
    Observable
    Unobservable
 
(In millions)   December 27, 2008     (Level 1)     Inputs (Level 2)     Inputs (Level 3)  
         
 
Assets:
                               
Available for sale securities
  $ 11.4     $ 11.4     $     $  –  
Derivative assets
    31.9             31.9        
Liabilities:
                               
Derivative liabilities
  $ 74.2     $ 6.1     $ 68.1     $  
 
 
 
Available for sale securities are measured at fair value using quoted prices and classified within Level 1 of the valuation hierarchy. Derivatives that are exchange-traded are measured at fair value using quoted market prices and are classified within Level 1 of the valuation hierarchy. Derivatives measured based on inputs that are readily available in public markets are classified within Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy.
The Company has deferred compensation obligations, which are not subject to fair value measurements. These obligations are funded by corporate-owned life insurance contracts and standby letters of credit.


 

NOTE 15. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
 
On January 23, 2009, the Company entered into an amendment to the credit agreement for a $1 billion revolving credit facility (the “Revolver”) with certain domestic and foreign banks (the “Revolver Lenders”), maturing August 10, 2012. The amendment increases the Company’s flexibility for a specified period of time under the customary financial covenants to which the Revolver is subject and excludes certain restructuring charges from the calculation of certain ratios under those covenants. The amendment increases the typical annual interest rate of the Revolver to the annual rate of, at the Company’s option, either (i) between LIBOR plus 1.800% and LIBOR plus 3.500%, depending on the Company’s debt ratings by either S&P or Moody’s, or (ii) the higher of (A) the federal funds rate plus 0.50% or (B) the prime rate, plus between 0.800% and 2.500%, depending on the Company’s debt ratings by either S&P or Moody’s. The amendment also provides for an increase in the facility fee payable under the Revolver to the annual rate of between 0.200% and 0.500%, depending on the Company’s debt ratings by either S&P or Moody’s.
On January 23, 2009, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, entered into an amendment to the credit agreement for a $400 million term loan credit facility (“Credit Facility”) with certain domestic and foreign banks (the “Lenders”), maturing February 8, 2011. The subsidiary’s payment and performance under the agreement are guaranteed by the Company. The amendment increases the Company’s flexibility for a specified period of time under the customary financial covenants to which the Credit Facility is subject and excludes certain restructuring charges from the calculation of certain ratios under those covenants. The amendment also increases the typical annual interest rate of the Credit Facility to the annual rate of, at the subsidiary’s option, either (i) between LIBOR plus 2.000% and LIBOR plus 4.000%, depending on the Company’s debt ratings by either S&P or Moody’s, or (ii) the higher of (A) the federal funds rate plus 0.50% or (B) the prime rate, plus between 1.000% and 3.000%, depending on the Company’s debt ratings by either S&P or Moody’s. The amendment provides for the partial repayment of the loans under the Credit Facility in $15 million quarterly installments beginning April 2009 through December 2010, and $280 million payable upon maturity.
The financial covenant ratios permitted under the above-mentioned amendments are as follows:
 
                                                                 
                                              Fourth
 
    First
    Second
    Third
    Fourth
    First
    Second
    Third
    Quarter
 
    Quarter
    Quarter
    Quarter
    Quarter
    Quarter
    Quarter
    Quarter
    2010 and
 
    2009     2009     2009     2009     2010     2010     2010     thereafter  
 
 
Interest Coverage Ratio (Minimum)
    2.50       2.25       2.10       2.25       2.60       3.00       3.25       3.50  
Leverage Ratio (Maximum)
    4.00       4.25       4.25       4.00       3.75       3.50       3.50       3.50  
 
 
 
On February 3, 2009, the Company commenced an offer to exchange up to approximately 8.4 million units, or 95%, of its HiMEDS units, stated amount $50.00 per unit (the “HiMEDS units”), in the form of Corporate HiMEDS units (the “Corporate HiMEDS units”), comprised of (i) a purchase contract obligating the holder to purchase from the Company’s common stock shares, par value $1.00 per share (the “common stock”), and (ii) a 1/20 or 5.0% undivided beneficial interest in a $1,000 aggregate principal amount 5.350% senior note due November 15, 2020 (the “HiMEDS senior notes”), for 0.9756 shares of common stock and $6.50 in cash (which includes the accrued and unpaid contract adjustment payments with respect to the purchase contracts and the accrued and unpaid interest with respect to the HiMEDS senior notes) for each Corporate HiMEDS unit. The terms and conditions of the offer are set forth in the offer to exchange dated February 3, 2009 (the “offer to exchange”) and the related letter of transmittal (the “letter of transmittal”). The offer is not subject to a minimum condition. As the exchange is not mandatory, there is no assurance that the exchange will occur in part or in its entirety.

72

Avery Dennison 2008 Annual Report


 

STATEMENT OF MANAGEMENT RESPONSIBILITY FOR FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
 
The consolidated financial statements and accompanying information were prepared by and are the responsibility of management. The statements were prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and, as such, include amounts that are based on management’s best estimates and judgments.
 
Oversight of management’s financial reporting and internal accounting control responsibilities is exercised by the Board of Directors, through an Audit Committee, which consists solely of outside directors. The Committee meets periodically with financial management, internal auditors and the independent registered public accounting firm to obtain reasonable assurance that each is meeting its responsibilities and to discuss matters concerning auditing, internal accounting control and financial reporting. The independent registered public accounting firm and the Company’s internal audit department have free access to meet with the Audit Committee without management’s presence.
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING
 
 
Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f). Under the supervision and with the participation of management, including the chief executive officer and chief financial officer, the Company conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on the Company’s evaluation under the framework in Internal Control — Integrated Framework, management has concluded that internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 27, 2008. Management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 27, 2008 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which is included herein.
 
Management has excluded DM Label from its assessment of internal control over financial reporting as of December 27, 2008 because it was acquired by the Company in a purchase business combination during 2008. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP has also excluded DM Label from their audit of internal control over financial reporting. DM Label is a wholly-owned subsidiary whose total assets and total revenues represent 3 percent and less than 1 percent, respectively, of the related consolidated financial statement amounts for the Company as of and for the year ended December 27, 2008.
 
     
 
Dean A. Scarborough
President and
Chief Executive Officer
  Daniel R. O’Bryant
Executive Vice President, Finance
and Chief Financial Officer


 

 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Avery Dennison Corporation:
 
In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Avery Dennison Corporation and its subsidiaries at December 27, 2008 and December 29, 2007, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 27, 2008 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 27, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for these financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying “Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting.” Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements and on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.
 
As discussed in Note 1, the Company changed the manner in which it accounts for income taxes and the method in which it accounts for the cost of inventory for the Company’s U.S. operations in 2007.
 
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
 
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
 
As described in Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting, management has excluded DM Label from its assessment of internal control over financial reporting as of December 27, 2008 because it was acquired by the Company in a purchase business combination during 2008. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP has also excluded DM Label from their audit of internal control over financial reporting. DM Label is a wholly-owned subsidiary whose total assets and total revenues represent 3 percent and less than 1 percent, respectively, of the related consolidated financial statement amounts for the Company as of and for the year ended December 27, 2008.
 
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Los Angeles, California
February 25, 2009

74.1

Avery Dennison 2008 Annual Report


 

Corporate Information
 
 
Counsel
Latham & Watkins LLP
Los Angeles, California
 
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Los Angeles, California
 
Transfer Agent — Registrar
Computershare Trust Co., N.A.
P. O. Box 43078
Providence, RI 02940-3078
(877) 498-8861
(800) 952-9245 (hearing impaired number)
www.computershare.com/investor
 
Annual Meeting
The Annual Meeting of Shareholders will be held at 1:30 p.m. on April 23, 2009 in the Conference Center of the Avery Dennison Miller Corporate Center, 150 North Orange Grove Boulevard, Pasadena, California.
 
The DirectSERVICEtm Investment Program
Shareholders of record may reinvest their cash dividends in additional shares of Avery Dennison common stock at market price. Investors may also invest optional cash payments of up to $12,500 per month in Avery Dennison common stock at market price. Avery Dennison investors not yet participating in the program, as well as brokers and custodians who hold Avery Dennison common stock for clients, may obtain a copy of the program by writing to The DirectSERVICEtm Investment Program, c/o Computershare (include a reference to Avery Dennison in the correspondence), P.O. Box 43078, Providence, RI 02940-3078, or calling (877) 498-8861, or logging onto their Web site at http://www.computershare.com/investor.
 
Direct Deposit of Dividends
Avery Dennison shareholders may deposit quarterly dividend checks directly into their checking or savings accounts. For more information, call Avery Dennison’s transfer agent and registrar, Computershare Trust Co., Inc., at (877) 498-8861.
 
Other Information
The Company is including, as Exhibits 31.1 and 31.2 to its Annual Report on Form 10-K for fiscal year 2008 filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), certificates of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of the Company pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, and the Company submitted to the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”), the Company’s annual written affirmation on April 29, 2008, along with the Chief Executive Officer’s certificate that he is not aware of any violation by the Company of NYSE’s Corporate Governance listing standards.
A copy of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, as filed with the SEC, will be furnished to shareholders and interested investors free of charge upon written request to the Secretary of the Corporation. Copies may also be obtained from the Company’s web site, www.averydennison.com, in the “Investors” section.
 
Corporate Headquarters
Avery Dennison Corporation
Miller Corporate Center
150 North Orange Grove Boulevard
Pasadena, California 91103
Phone: (626) 304-2000
Fax: (626) 792-7312
 
Mailing Address
P.O. Box 7090
Pasadena, California 91109-7090
 
Stock and Dividend Data
Common shares of Avery Dennison are listed on the NYSE.
Ticker symbol: AVY
 
                                 
    2008     2007  
         
    High     Low     High     Low  
         
Market Price(1)
                               
First Quarter
  $ 53.14     $ 45.66     $ 69.67     $ 63.46  
Second Quarter
    53.07       43.61       66.70       62.20  
Third Quarter
    50.00       41.35       68.49       55.31  
Fourth Quarter
    44.49       25.02       59.30       49.69  
 
 
(1) Prices shown represent closing prices on the NYSE
 
                 
    2008     2007  
   
Dividends Per Common Share
               
First Quarter
  $ .41     $ .40  
Second Quarter
    .41       .40  
Third Quarter
    .41       .40  
Fourth Quarter
    .41       .41  
 
 
Total
  $ 1.64     $ 1.61  
 
 
                 
Number of shareholders of record as of year end
    8,584       8,998  
 
 
 
©2009 Avery Dennison Corporation. All rights reserved. Avery Design and Print Online is a trademark of Avery Dennison Corporation. All other brands and product names are trademarks of their respective owners.

 

exv21
EXHIBIT 21
     
    JURISDICTION
2008 SUBSIDIARY   IN WHICH ORGANIZED
ADC PHILIPPINES, INC.
  PHILIPPINES
ADESPAN S.R.L.
  ITALY
ADESPAN U.K. LIMITED
  UNITED KINGDOM
ADHIPRESS S. A.
  FRANCE
ADHIPRESS (HONG KONG) LTD.
  HONG KONG
ADHIPRESS BANGLADESH LTD.
  BANGLADESH
ADVANCE FAR INVESTMENTS LIMITED
  BRITISH VIRGIN ISLANDS
ALKAHN HONG KONG LABELS LTD.
  HONG KONG
ALTERNATE LABELS & PRINTING (PTY) LTD
  SOUTH AFRICA
AMERICAN TRIM PRODUCTS (ASIA) LIMITED
  HONG KONG
ARTISTIC INTERNATIONAL (HK) LTD.
  HONG KONG
ASTRIA S.R.L.
  ITALY
AVERY (CHINA) COMPANY LIMITED
  CHINA
AVERY CORP.
  U.S.A.
AVERY DE MEXICO SRL DE CV
  MEXICO
AVERY DENNISON HOLDINGS (MALTA) LIMITED
  MALTA
AVERY DENNISON (ASIA) HOLDINGS LIMITED
  MAURITIUS
AVERY DENNISON (BANGLADESH) LTD.
  BANGLADESH
AVERY DENNISON (FUZHOU) CONVERTED PRODUCTS LIMITED
  CHINA
AVERY DENNISON (GUANGZHOU) CO. LTD.
  CHINA
AVERY DENNISON (GUANGZHOU) CONVERTED PRODUCTS LIMITED
  CHINA
AVERY DENNISON (HONG KONG) LIMITED
  HONG KONG
AVERY DENNISON (INDIA) PRIVATE LIMITED
  INDIA
AVERY DENNISON (IRELAND) LIMITED
  IRELAND
AVERY DENNISON (KUNSHAN) CO., LIMITED
  CHINA
AVERY DENNISON (MALAYSIA) SDN. BHD.
  MALAYSIA
AVERY DENNISON (QINGDAO) CONVERTED PRODUCTS LIMITED
  CHINA
AVERY DENNISON (SUZHOU) CO. LIMITED
  CHINA
AVERY DENNISON (THAILAND) LTD.
  THAILAND
AVERY DENNISON (VIETNAM) LIMITED
  VIETNAM
AVERY DENNISON AUSTRALIA GROUP HOLDINGS PTY LIMITED
  AUSTRALIA
AVERY DENNISON AUSTRALIA INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS PTY LTD.
  AUSTRALIA
AVERY DENNISON AUSTRALIA PTY LTD.
  AUSTRALIA
AVERY DENNISON BELGIE BVBA
  BELGIUM
AVERY DENNISON BENELUX BVBA
  BELGIUM
AVERY DENNISON BULGARIA EOOD
  BULGARIA
AVERY DENNISON BV
  NETHERLANDS
AVERY DENNISON C.A.
  VENEZUELA
AVERY DENNISON CANADA INC.
  CANADA
AVERY DENNISON CENTRAL EUROPE GMBH
  GERMANY
AVERY DENNISON CHILE S.A.
  CHILE
AVERY DENNISON COLOMBIA S. A.
  COLOMBIA
AVERY DENNISON CONVERTED PRODUCTS DE MEXICO, S.A. DE C.V.
  MEXICO
AVERY DENNISON CONVERTED PRODUCTS EL SALVADOR S. A. DE C. V.
  EL SALVADOR
AVERY DENNISON COORDINATION CENTER BVBA
  BELGIUM
AVERY DENNISON DE ARGENTINA S.A.
  ARGENTINA
AVERY DENNISON DEUTSCHLAND GMBH
  GERMANY
AVERY DENNISON DO BRASIL LTDA.
  BRAZIL
AVERY DENNISON DOMINICAN REPUBLIC S. A.
  DOMINICAN REPUBLIC
AVERY DENNISON ETIKET TICARET LIMITED SIRKETI
  TURKEY

 


 

     
    JURISDICTION
2008 SUBSIDIARY   IN WHICH ORGANIZED
AVERY DENNISON EUROPE GMBH
  SWITZERLAND
AVERY DENNISON EUROPE HOLDING (DEUTSCHLAND) GMBH & CO KG
  GERMANY
AVERY DENNISON FINANCE BELGIUM BVBA
  BELGIUM
AVERY DENNISON FINANCE GERMANY GMBH
  GERMANY
AVERY DENNISON FINANCE LUXEMBOURG II SARL
  LUXEMBOURG
AVERY DENNISON FINANCE LUXEMBOURG S. A. R. L.
  LUXEMBOURG
AVERY DENNISON FINANCE LUXEMBURG III SARL
  LUXEMBOURG
AVERY DENNISON FOUNDATION
  U.S.A.
AVERY DENNISON FRANCE S.A.S.
  FRANCE
AVERY DENNISON G HOLDINGS I LLC
  U.S.A.
AVERY DENNISON G HOLDINGS III LLC
  U.S.A.
AVERY DENNISON G INVESTMENTS III LIMITED
  GIBRALTAR
AVERY DENNISON G INVESTMENTS V LIMITED
  GIBRALTAR
AVERY DENNISON GROUP DANMARK APS
  DENMARK
AVERY DENNISON GROUP SINGAPORE (PTE) LIMITED
  SINGAPORE
AVERY DENNISON HOLDING & FINANCE THE NETHERLANDS BV
  NETHERLANDS
AVERY DENNISON HOLDING AG
  SWITZERLAND
AVERY DENNISON HOLDING GMBH
  GERMANY
AVERY DENNISON HOLDING LUXEMBOURG S. A. R. L.
  LUXEMBOURG
AVERY DENNISON HOLDINGS NEW ZEALAND LIMITED
  NEW ZEALAND
AVERY DENNISON HONG KONG BV
  NETHERLANDS
AVERY DENNISON HUNGARY LIMITED
  HUNGARY
AVERY DENNISON IBERICA, S.A.
  SPAIN
AVERY DENNISON INVESTMENT LUXEMBOURG II SARL
  LUXEMBOURG
AVERY DENNISON INVESTMENTS LUXEMBOURG S.A.R.L.
  LUXEMBOURG
AVERY DENNISON ITALIA S.R.L.
  ITALY
AVERY DENNISON JAPAN K.K.
  JAPAN
AVERY DENNISON KOREA LIMITED
  KOREA
AVERY DENNISON LANKA (PRIVATE) LIMITED
  SRI LANKA
AVERY DENNISON LUXEMBOURG EXPORT SALES SARL
  LUXEMBOURG
AVERY DENNISON LUXEMBOURG S.A.R.L.
  LUXEMBOURG
AVERY DENNISON MANAGEMENT B.V.
  NETHERLANDS
AVERY DENNISON MANAGEMENT GMBH
  GERMANY
AVERY DENNISON MANAGEMENT KGAA
  LUXEMBOURG
AVERY DENNISON MANAGEMENT S.A.R.L.
  LUXEMBOURG
AVERY DENNISON MATERIALS EUROPE GMBH
  SWITZERLAND
AVERY DENNISON MATERIALS FRANCE S.A.R.L.
  FRANCE
AVERY DENNISON MATERIALS GMBH
  GERMANY
AVERY DENNISON MATERIALS IRELAND LIMITED
  IRELAND
AVERY DENNISON MATERIALS NEDERLAND BV
  NETHERLANDS
AVERY DENNISON MATERIALS NEW ZEALAND LIMITED
  NEW ZEALAND
AVERY DENNISON MATERIALS PTY LIMITED
  AUSTRALIA
AVERY DENNISON MATERIALS ROM SRL
  ROMANIA
AVERY DENNISON MATERIALS RUSSIA LLC
  RUSSIA
AVERY DENNISON MATERIALS SALES FRANCE S. A. S.
  FRANCE
AVERY DENNISON MATERIALS SALES GERMANY GMBH
  GERMANY
AVERY DENNISON MATERIALS SDN BHD
  MALAYSIA
AVERY DENNISON MATERIALS U.K. LIMITED
  UNITED KINGDOM
AVERY DENNISON MAURITIUS LTD.
  MAURITIUS
AVERY DENNISON MOROCCO SARL
  MOROCCO
AVERY DENNISON NETHERLANDS INVESTMENT II B. V.
  NETHERLANDS
AVERY DENNISON NETHERLANDS INVESTMENT III BV
  NETHERLANDS
AVERY DENNISON NETHERLANDS INVESTMENT VI BV
  NETHERLANDS
AVERY DENNISON NETHERLANDS INVESTMENT VII B.V.
  NETHERLANDS

 


 

     
    JURISDICTION
2008 SUBSIDIARY   IN WHICH ORGANIZED
AVERY DENNISON NETHERLANDS INVESTMENT VIII COOPERATIEF U.A.
  NETHERLANDS
AVERY DENNISON NORDIC APS
  DENMARK
AVERY DENNISON NORGE A/S
  NORWAY
AVERY DENNISON NTP A. S.
  NORWAY
AVERY DENNISON OFFICE ACCESSORIES U.K. LIMITED
  UNITED KINGDOM
AVERY DENNISON OFFICE PRODUCTS (NZ) LIMITED
  NEW ZEALAND
AVERY DENNISON OFFICE PRODUCTS (PTY.) LTD.
  SOUTH AFRICA
AVERY DENNISON OFFICE PRODUCTS COMPANY
  U.S.A.
AVERY DENNISON OFFICE PRODUCTS DE MEXICO, S DE R.L. DE C.V.
  MEXICO
AVERY DENNISON OFFICE PRODUCTS FRANCE S. A. S.
  FRANCE
AVERY DENNISON OFFICE PRODUCTS HOLDINGS COMPANY
  U.S.A.
AVERY DENNISON OFFICE PRODUCTS ITALIA S.R.L.
  ITALY
AVERY DENNISON OFFICE PRODUCTS MANUFACTURING U.K. LTD.
  UNITED KINGDOM
AVERY DENNISON OFFICE PRODUCTS PTY LIMITED
  AUSTRALIA
AVERY DENNISON OVERSEAS CORPORATION
  U.S.A.
AVERY DENNISON PENSION TRUSTEE LIMITED
  UNITED KINGDOM
AVERY DENNISON PERU S. R. L.
  PERU
AVERY DENNISON POLSKA SP. Z O.O.
  POLAND
AVERY DENNISON PRAHA SPOL. R. O.
  CZECH REPUBLIC
AVERY DENNISON R.I.S. FRANCE S. A. S.
  FRANCE
AVERY DENNISON R.I.S. ITALIA S.R.L.
  ITALY
AVERY DENNISON R.I.S. POLSKA SP.ZO.O
  POLAND
AVERY DENNISON REFLECTIVES DO BRAZIL LTDA.
  BRAZIL
AVERY DENNISON RETAIL INFORMATION SERVICES COLOMBIA S. A.
  COLOMBIA
AVERY DENNISON RETAIL INFORMATION SERVICES DE MEXICO, S. A. DE C.V.
  MEXICO
AVERY DENNISON RETAIL INFORMATION SERVICES DOMINICAN REPUBLIC, S. A.
  DOMINICAN REPUBLIC
AVERY DENNISON RETAIL INFORMATION SERVICES EL SALVADOR S. A. DE C. V.
  EL SALVADOR
AVERY DENNISON RETAIL INFORMATION SERVICES GUATEMALA, S. A.
  GUATEMALA
AVERY DENNISON RETAIL INFORMATION SERVICES LLC
  U.S.A.
AVERY DENNISON RETAIL INFORMATION SERVICES UK LTD.
  UNITED KINGDOM
AVERY DENNISON RFID COMPANY
  U.S.A.
AVERY DENNISON RIS KOREA LTD.
  KOREA
AVERY DENNISON RIS LANKA (PRIVATE) LIMITED
  SRI LANKA
AVERY DENNISON RIS MALAYSIA SDN BHD.
  MALAYSIA
AVERY DENNISON S.R.L.
  ROMANIA
AVERY DENNISON SCANDINAVIA AB
  SWEDEN
AVERY DENNISON SCANDINAVIA APS
  DENMARK
AVERY DENNISON SCHWEIZ AG
  SWITZERLAND
AVERY DENNISON SECURITY PRINTING EUROPE APS
  DENMARK
AVERY DENNISON SHARED SERVICES, INC.
  U.S.A.
AVERY DENNISON SINGAPORE (PTE) LTD
  SINGAPORE
AVERY DENNISON SOUTH AFRICA (PROPRIETARY) LIMITED
  SOUTH AFRICA
AVERY DENNISON SUOMI OY
  FINLAND
AVERY DENNISON SVERIGE AB
  SWEDEN
AVERY DENNISON SYSTEMES D’ETIQUETAGE FRANCE S.A.S.
  FRANCE
AVERY DENNISON TAIWAN LIMITED
  TAIWAN
AVERY DENNISON U.K. II LIMITED
  UNITED KINGDOM
AVERY DENNISON U.K. LIMITED
  UNITED KINGDOM
AVERY DENNISON VERMOGENSVERWALTUNGS GMBH & CO K.G.
  GERMANY
AVERY DENNISON ZWECKFORM AUSTRIA GMBH
  AUSTRIA
AVERY DENNISON ZWECKFORM OFFICE PRODUCTS EUROPE GMBH
  GERMANY

 


 

     
    JURISDICTION
2008 SUBSIDIARY   IN WHICH ORGANIZED
AVERY DENNISON ZWECKFORM OFFICE PRODUCTS MANUFACTURING GMBH
  GERMANY
AVERY DENNISON, S.A. DE C.V.
  MEXICO
AVERY DENNISON-MAXELL K. K.
  JAPAN
AVERY GRAPHIC SYSTEMS, INC.
  U.S.A.
AVERY GUIDEX LIMITED
  UNITED KINGDOM
AVERY HOLDING LIMITED
  UNITED KINGDOM
AVERY HOLDING S.A.S.
  FRANCE
AVERY OFFICE PRODUCTS PUERTO RICO L.L.C.
  PUERTO RICO
AVERY PACIFIC LLC
  U.S.A.
AVERY PROPERTIES PTY. LIMITED
  AUSTRALIA
AVERY, INC.
  U.S.A.
BEST COURAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
  BRITISH VIRGIN ISLANDS
BONFIRE MANAGEMENT LIMITED
  BRITISH VIRGIN ISLANDS
BONNIE NICE INDUSTRIES LTD.
  HONG KONG
COLLITEX S.R.L.
  ITALY
CREATERO GMBH
  GERMANY
DAH MEI LABEL LIMITED
  HONG KONG
DAH MEI SILK WEAVING FACTORY CO. LIMITED
  TAIWAN
DAR MAY (VIETNAM) CO. LIMITED
  VIETNAM
DENNISON COMERCIO, IMPORTACAS E EXPORTACAO LTDA.
  BRAZIL
DENNISON DEVELOPMENT ASSOCIATES
  U.S.A.
DENNISON INTERNATIONAL COMPANY
  U.S.A.
DENNISON MANUFACTURING COMPANY
  U.S.A.
DM LABEL, INC.
  U.S.A.
DM LABELS & RIBBONS LIMITED
  UNITED KINGDOM
DONGGUAN DAH MEI LABEL CO. LIMITED
  CHINA
EDMOND PACKAGING (GUANGZHOU) LTD.
  CHINA
EUSTON FINANCIAL LIMITED
  BRITISH VIRGIN ISLANDS
INDUSTRIAL DE MARCAS LTDA
  COLOMBIA
INFODRAGON MANAGEMENT LIMITED
  BRITISH VIRGIN ISLANDS
JAC (U.K.) LIMITED
  UNITED KINGDOM
JAC ASIA PACIFIC SDN BHD
  MALAYSIA
JAC CARIBE C.S.Z.
  DOMINICAN REPUBLIC
JAC DO BRASIL LTDA.
  BRAZIL
JAC NEW ZEALAND LIMITED
  NEW ZEALAND
JACKSTADT FRANCE S.N.C.
  FRANCE
JACKSTADT SOUTH AFRICA (PTY) LTD.
  SOUTH AFRICA
JINTEX LIMITED
  JERSEY
KUNSHAN DAH MEI WEAVING CO. LTD
  CHINA
L&E AMERICAS SERVICIOS, S. A. DE C.V.
  MEXICO
L&E PACKAGING FAR EAST LIMITED
  HONG KONG
MARKSTAR INTERNATIONAL LTD.
  HONG KONG
MODERN MARK INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
  HONG KONG
MONARCH INDUSTRIES, INC.
  U.S.A.
MONARCH MARKING (S.E.A.) PTE. LTD
  SINGAPORE
MONARCH MARKING SYSTEMS HOLDINGS LTD
  UNITED KINGDOM
MONARCH SERVICE BUREAU LTD.
  HONG KONG
NAPERVILLE GLOBAL LIMITED
  BRITISH VIRGIN ISLANDS
NEW WALES FINANCE LIMITED
  BRITISH VIRGIN ISLANDS
NEWCLASSIC INVESTMENT LIMITED
  BRITISH VIRGIN ISLANDS
P. T. PACIFIC LABEL INDONESIA
  INDONESIA
P. T. PAXAR INDONESIA
  INDONESIA
PAXAR (CHINA) LTD.
  HONG KONG

 


 

     
    JURISDICTION
2008 SUBSIDIARY   IN WHICH ORGANIZED
PAXAR (SINGAPORE) PTE LTD.
  SINGAPORE
PAXAR (THAILAND) LIMITED
  THAILAND
PAXAR AMERICAS, INC.
  U.S.A.
PAXAR B. V.
  NETHERLANDS
PAXAR BANGLADESH LTD.
  BANGLADESH
PAXAR CANADA, INC.
  CANADA
PAXAR CAPITAL CORPORATION
  U.S.A.
PAXAR CORPORATION
  U.S.A.
PAXAR CORPORATION (MALAYSIA) SDN. BHD.
  MALAYSIA
PAXAR CORPORATION PTY LTD.
  AUSTRALIA
PAXAR CORPORATIVO MEXICO S. A. DE C. V.
  MEXICO
PAXAR DE COLOMBIA FTZ LTDA.
  COLOMBIA
PAXAR DE EL SALVADOR S. A. DE C. V.
  EL SALVADOR
PAXAR DE GUATEMALA, S. A.
  GUATEMALA
PAXAR DE MEXICO S. A. DE C. V.
  MEXICO
PAXAR DE NICARAGUA. S.A.
  NICARAGUA
PAXAR DO BRASIL LTDA
  BRAZIL
PAXAR EUROPE (1998) LTD.
  UNITED KINGDOM
PAXAR FAR EAST LTD.
  HONG KONG
PAXAR GULF FZCO
  UNITED ARAB EMIRATES
PAXAR HONDURAS S. A.
  HONDURAS
PAXAR IBERIA S. L.
  SPAIN
PAXAR INDIA PRIVATE LTD.
  INDIA
PAXAR KOREA LTD.
  KOREA
PAXAR MOROC SARL
  MOROCCO
PAXAR PACKAGING (GUANGZHOU) LTD.
  CHINA
PAXAR PAKISTAN (PVT) LTD.
  PAKISTAN
PAXAR PERU S. A. C.
  PERU
PAXAR PRINTING & PACKAGING (SHANGHAI) LTD.
  CHINA
PAXAR SISTEMAS LTDA
  BRAZIL
PAXAR SYSTEMS (GUANGZHOU) LTD.
  CHINA
PAXAR TESLO URUNLERI SANAYI VE TICARET A.S.
  TURKEY
PAXAR VIETNAM CO. LTD.
  VIETNAM
PT AVERY DENNISON INDONESIA
  INDONESIA
PT AVERY DENNISON PACKAGING INDONESIA
  INDONESIA
RAXAP ARRENDADORA, S. A. DE C. V.
  MEXICO
RAXAP SERVICIOS, S. A. DE C. V.
  MEXICO
RF IDENTICS, INC.
  U.S.A.
RINKE DIS TISCARET LTD (SIRKETI)
  TURKEY
RINKE ETIKET SERVIS SANAYI VE TICARET LTD SIRKETI
  TURKEY
RINKE FAR EAST LTD
  HONG KONG
RIPRO FAR EAST LTD
  HONG KONG
RL FINANCE S. A.
  FRANCE
RVL AMERICAS, S DE R.L. DE C.V.
  MEXICO
RVL CENTRAL AMERICA, S. A.
  GUATEMALA
RVL PACKAGING FAR EAST LIMITED
  HONG KONG
RVL PACKAGING INDIA PRIVATE LIMITED
  INDIA
RVL PACKAGING MIDDLE EAST F.Z.C.
  UNITED ARAB EMIRATES
RVL PACKAGING SINGAPORE PTE LTD.
  SINGAPORE
RVL PACKAGING TAIWAN LTD.
  TAIWAN
RVL PACKAGING, INC.
  U.S.A.
RVL PHILIPPINES, INC.
  PHILIPPINES
RVL PRINTED LABEL FAR EAST LIMITED
  HONG KONG
RVL PRINTED LABELS, LLC
  U.S.A.

 


 

     
    JURISDICTION
2008 SUBSIDIARY   IN WHICH ORGANIZED
RVL SERVICE, S. DE R. L. DE C. V.
  MEXICO
SECURITY PRINTING DIVISION, INC.
  U.S.A.
SINGAPORE LACES & LABELS (PTE) LIMITED
  SINGAPORE
SKILLFIELD INVESTMENTS LIMITED
  BRITISH VIRGIN ISLANDS
SUZHOU JI ZHONG GARMENTS ACCESSORY CO. LIMITED
  CHINA
SUZHOU FENG YI HENG YE DYE CO. ,LTD.
  CHINA
TESSITURA ITALIAN ETICHETTE S.R.L.
  ITALY
TIADECO PARTICIPACOES, LTDA.
  BRAZIL
TIGER EIGHT GROUP LIMITED
  BRITISH VIRGIN ISLANDS
UNIVERSAL PACKAGING & DESIGN, LTD.
  HONG KONG
WORLDWIDE RISK INSURANCE, INC.
  U.S.A.

 

exv24
Exhibit 24
Power of Attorney
WHEREAS, Avery Dennison Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), proposes to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission, under the provisions of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, an Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 27, 2008; and
WHEREAS, the undersigned is a director of the Company;
NOW, THEREFORE, each of the undersigned hereby constitutes and appoints Daniel R. O’Bryant and Susan C. Miller, and each of them, as attorneys-in-fact for and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, and in the capacity of the undersigned as a director of the Company, to execute the above referenced Form 10-K and any amendments or supplements thereto, hereby giving and granting to said attorneys-in-fact, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing required and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each attorney-in-fact may or shall lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue of this Power of Attorney.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Power of Attorney effective February 25, 2009.
         
Signature   Title   Date
 
       
/s/ Dean A. Scarborough
  President and Chief Executive Officer,   February 25, 2009
 
Dean A. Scarborough
  Director    

1


 

         
Signature   Title   Date
 
       
/s/ Peter K. Barker
  Director   February 25, 2009
 
Peter K. Barker
           
 
       
/s/ Rolf Börjesson
 
Rolf Börjesson
  Director    February 25, 2009
 
       
/s/ John T. Cardis
 
John T. Cardis
  Director    February 25, 2009
 
       
/s/ Richard M. Ferry
 
Richard M. Ferry
  Director    February 25, 2009
 
       
/s/ Ken C. Hicks
 
Ken C. Hicks
  Director    February 25, 2009
 
       
/s/ Kent Kresa
 
Kent Kresa
  Chairman,
Director
  February 25, 2009
 
       
/s/ Peter W. Mullin
 
Peter W. Mullin
  Director    February 25, 2009
 
       
/s/ David E. I. Pyott
 
David E. I. Pyott
  Director    February 25, 2009
 
       
/s/ Patrick T. Siewert
 
Patrick T. Siewert
  Director    February 25, 2009
 
       
/s/ Julia A. Stewart
 
Julia A. Stewart
  Director    February 25, 2009

2

exv31w1
Exhibit 31.1
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
CERTIFICATION
I, Dean A. Scarborough, certify that:
1.   I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Avery Dennison Corporation;
 
2.   Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
3.   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
4.   The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and we have:
  a)   designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
  b)   designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
  c)   evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
  d)   disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.   The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):
  a)   all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
  b)   any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
         
     
  /s/ Dean A. Scarborough    
  Dean A. Scarborough   
  President and Chief Executive Officer   
 
February 25, 2009

 

exv31w2
Exhibit 31.2
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
CERTIFICATION
I, Daniel R. O’Bryant, certify that:
1.   I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Avery Dennison Corporation;
 
2.   Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
3.   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
4.   The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and we have:
  a)   designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
  b)   designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
  c)   evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
  d)   disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.   The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):
  a)   all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
  b)   any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
         
     
  /s/ Daniel R. O’Bryant    
  Daniel R. O’Bryant   
  Executive Vice President, Finance, and
Chief Financial Officer 
 
 
February 25, 2009

 

exv32w1
Exhibit 32.1
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER*
PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as created by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the undersigned officer of Avery Dennison Corporation (the “Company”) hereby certifies, to the best of his knowledge, that:
  (i)   the Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the fiscal year ended Deceember 27, 2008 (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or Section 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and
 
  (ii)   the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
Dated: February 25, 2009
         
     
  /s/ Dean A. Scarborough    
  Dean A. Scarborough   
  President and Chief Executive Officer   
 
 
*   The above certification accompanies the issuer’s Annual Report on Form 10-K and is furnished, not filed, as provided in SEC Release 33-8238, dated June 5, 2003.

 

exv32w2
Exhibit 32.2
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER*
PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as created by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the undersigned officer of Avery Dennison Corporation (the “Company”) hereby certifies, to the best of his knowledge, that:
  (i)   the Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the fiscal year ended December 27, 2008 (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or Section 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and
 
  (ii)   the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
Dated: February 25, 2009
         
     
  /s/ Daniel R. O’Bryant    
  Daniel R. O’Bryant   
  Executive Vice President, Finance, and
Chief Financial Officer 
 
 
 
*   The above certification accompanies the issuer’s Annual Report on Form 10-K and is furnished, not filed, as provided in SEC Release 33-8238, dated June 5, 2003.